WO2023185526A1 - 通信方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

通信方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023185526A1
WO2023185526A1 PCT/CN2023/082522 CN2023082522W WO2023185526A1 WO 2023185526 A1 WO2023185526 A1 WO 2023185526A1 CN 2023082522 W CN2023082522 W CN 2023082522W WO 2023185526 A1 WO2023185526 A1 WO 2023185526A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phase
information
reference signal
difference
time
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/082522
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
吴海兵
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210417185.0A external-priority patent/CN116866821A/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023185526A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023185526A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S3/00—Direction-finders for determining the direction from which infrasonic, sonic, ultrasonic, or electromagnetic waves, or particle emission, not having a directional significance, are being received

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • angle measurement is an important basic function.
  • the multiple reference signals received by the receiving device need to be received by switching antennas and the phase is measured in a time-sharing manner; when the transmitting device has multiple When using an antenna, the transmitting end device sends the reference signal by switching antennas, and the receiving end device measures the phase in a time-sharing manner.
  • the signal frequencies of the receiving end device and the transmitting end device may be inconsistent (that is, the signal frequency is offset), so the phase measurement results obtained include the phase error introduced by the signal frequency offset, resulting in There is a large error in the angle measurement results.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and communication device, which can reduce angle measurement errors and improve angle measurement accuracy.
  • a communication method is provided. The method is applied to a terminal device and includes: receiving a first reference signal, a second reference signal and a third reference signal; and sending first information, the first information being used to indicate a direction angle. , and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal; wherein the first reference signal and the third reference signal are received through the first antenna, and the second reference signal is received through the first antenna.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the terminal device, or the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the third antenna, the second reference signal is sent through the fourth antenna, and the third antenna and the third The four antennas are the different antennas of the first device.
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal, and sends the first information indicating the direction angle, so that other devices can obtain the direction angle based on the first information. Since the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the same antenna or received by the same antenna, the second reference signal is sent through other antennas or received by other antennas, and the first information is based on the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal. The phase measurement result of the reference signal is determined, so that the terminal device or other device can compensate the phase error caused by the frequency offset based on the first information, thereby improving the angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information includes phase information, the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the third time The obtained phase of the third reference signal.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes phase information, and the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that other devices can This phase information compensates for the phase error introduced due to frequency offset, thereby improving angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information further includes time information, the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the third moment of phase correspondence is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes phase information and time information, and the phase information is used for the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, and the time information is used By indicating the measurement time corresponding to the phase information, other devices can compensate for the phase error caused by the frequency offset based on the phase information and time information, thereby improving the angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information can indicate the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that other The device can compensate for the phase error caused by frequency offset based on this phase difference information, thereby improving angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information further includes time difference information
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second phase difference corresponding to The second time difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes phase difference information and time difference information
  • the phase difference information can indicate the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, This allows other devices to compensate for the phase error caused by the frequency offset based on the phase difference information and the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference, thereby improving the angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information also includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device can also include frequency offset information. That is to say, the terminal device can compensate for the phase error introduced due to the frequency offset and send the frequency offset information to other devices. , so that other devices can improve angle measurement accuracy based on this frequency offset information.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; second phase and the first phase after compensation; the second phase and the third phase after compensation; the third phase and the second phase after compensation.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal It includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the third moment.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information, and the compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information is obtained by performing frequency offset compensation on the phase information or phase difference information, That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device has already considered the impact of frequency offset on angle measurement, so that other devices can determine a direction angle with higher accuracy based on the compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information, that is, it can Improve angle measurement accuracy.
  • the first information includes a direction angle, the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle, and the direction angle is determined based on phase information, the phase information is used to indicate The first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein, the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time, the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase The phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the terminal device can determine the direction angle based on the phase information, and the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the terminal device determines the direction angle based on the phase information.
  • the direction angle takes into account the angle measurement error caused by the frequency offset, so that the calculated direction angle accuracy is higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase information and time information
  • the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase and the third moment corresponding to the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the terminal device can determine the direction angle according to the phase information and time information, and the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, and the time information is used for Indicates the measurement time corresponding to the phase information, so that the direction angle determined by the terminal device based on the phase information and the time information takes into account the angle measurement error caused by the frequency offset, so that the calculated direction angle accuracy is higher, that is, the measurement can be improved.
  • Angular accuracy is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas
  • the time information is used for Indicates the measurement time corresponding to the phase information
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is Indicates at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference;
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the terminal device can determine the direction angle based on the phase difference information, and the phase difference information is used to indicate the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the terminal device can determine the direction angle based on the phase difference information.
  • the direction angle determined by the phase difference information takes into account the angle measurement error caused by the frequency offset, so that the calculated direction angle accuracy is higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase difference information and the time difference information
  • the difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following : The first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference The third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the terminal device can determine the direction angle based on the phase difference information and the time difference information, and the phase difference information is used to indicate the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase difference information of the reference signal sent by different antennas.
  • the time difference information is used to indicate the measurement time interval corresponding to the phase difference information, so that the direction angle determined by the terminal device based on the phase difference information and the time difference information takes into account the angle measurement error caused by the frequency offset, so that the calculated direction angle accuracy Higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase information and the frequency offset information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the second reference signal obtained at the second time.
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device. The difference in frequency of the three reference signals.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase information, time information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the second time.
  • the phase of the second reference signal, the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time;
  • the time information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first phase, the second time corresponding to the second phase, and the third phase The corresponding third moment;
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device and the frequency of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase difference information and the frequency offset information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and The third phase difference
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device and the frequency of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase, the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase, the first phase is the first The phase of the first reference signal obtained at the second time instant, the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time instant, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time instant.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is based on phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference
  • the time difference information is used to Indicates at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, and a second phase difference
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device. frequency difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the terminal device considers the frequency offset information when determining the direction angle. That is to say, the terminal device considers the phase error introduced by the frequency offset when determining the direction angle, so that the accuracy of the direction angle calculated by the terminal device is Higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle, the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle, and the direction angle is determined based on the compensation phase information or the compensation phase difference information
  • the compensation phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the second phase after compensation; the second phase and the first phase after compensation; the second phase and the third phase after compensation, and the third phase and compensation the second phase after compensation
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase The phase difference between the third phase after compensation and the third phase after compensation; the phase difference between the third phase and the second phase after compensation.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal It includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the third moment.
  • time information and/or time difference information is any one of the following: sub-nanosecond, nanosecond, microsecond level, symbol duration, slot duration, LTE basic time unit, NR basic time unit, baseband sampling time interval.
  • the terminal device can determine the direction angle based on the compensation phase information or the compensation phase difference information, And the compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information is obtained by performing frequency offset compensation on the phase information or phase difference information. That is to say, the terminal device considers the phase error introduced by the frequency offset when determining the direction angle. This makes the direction angle calculated by the terminal device more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method is applied to a first device and includes: receiving first information, the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is based on a first reference signal, a second reference signal, and a second reference signal.
  • the phase measurement results of the signal and the third reference signal are determined; the direction angle is determined according to the first information; wherein the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the third antenna, the second reference signal is sent through the fourth antenna, and the third antenna and the fourth antenna are different antennas of the first device, or the first reference signal and the third reference signal are received through the first antenna, the second reference signal is received through the second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are of the terminal device.
  • Different antennas are possible.
  • the first device may be an access network device, a terminal device, or a roadside unit.
  • the first device can determine the direction angle according to the first information sent by the terminal device, because the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal, and the third reference signal.
  • One piece of information takes into account both the phase measurement results of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase measurement results of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the direction angle determined by the first device based on the first information also takes into account the direction angle introduced due to the frequency offset. Phase error, therefore, the direction angle calculated by the first device is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the method before receiving the first information, further includes: sending a first reference signal, a second reference signal and a third reference signal.
  • the first information includes phase information, the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information received by the first device includes phase information, and the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the first device
  • the direction angle determined based on the phase information takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes time information, the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the third moment of phase correspondence is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the first information received by the first device includes phase information and time information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas.
  • the time information is used to indicate the measurement time corresponding to the phase information, so that the direction angle determined by the first device based on the phase information and time information takes into account the phase error introduced due to the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate. , that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information received by the first device includes phase difference information, and the phase difference information Used to indicate the phase difference between reference signals sent by the same antenna and the phase difference between reference signals sent by different antennas, so that the direction angle determined by the first device based on the phase difference information takes into account the phase introduced due to frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes time difference information
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second phase difference corresponding to The second time difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information received by the first device includes phase difference information and time difference information, and the phase difference information is used to indicate the phase difference between reference signals sent by the same antenna and the phase difference between reference signals sent by different antennas.
  • the phase difference between , the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the first device considers the frequency offset information when determining the direction angle. That is to say, the first device considers the phase error introduced by the frequency offset when determining the direction angle, so that the first device calculates The direction angle accuracy is higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase; the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal It includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the third moment.
  • time information and/or time difference information is any one of the following: sub-nanosecond, nanosecond, microsecond level, symbol duration, slot duration, LTE basic time unit, NR basic time unit, baseband sampling time interval.
  • the first device can determine the direction angle based on the compensated phase information or the compensated phase difference information, and the compensated phase information or the compensated phase difference information is obtained by performing frequency offset compensation on the phase information or the phase difference information, or That is to say, the first device takes into account the phase error introduced due to the frequency offset when determining the direction angle, so that This makes the direction angle calculated by the terminal device more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • a communication method is provided. The method is applied to a second device, including: receiving first information, the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is based on a first reference signal, a second reference signal, and a second reference signal.
  • the phase measurement results of the signal and the third reference signal are determined; the direction angle is determined according to the first information; wherein the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the third antenna, the second reference signal is sent through the fourth antenna, and the third antenna and the fourth antenna are different antennas of the first device, or the first reference signal and the third reference signal are received through the first antenna, the second reference signal is received through the second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are of the terminal device. Different antennas.
  • the second device may be a location management device.
  • the second device can determine the direction angle according to the first information sent by the terminal device, because the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal, and the third reference signal
  • the first information takes into account both the phase measurement results of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase measurement results of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the direction angle determined by the second device based on the first information also takes into account the direction angle introduced due to the frequency offset. Phase error, therefore, the direction angle calculated by the second device is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes phase information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information received by the second device includes phase information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas, so that the second device
  • the direction angle determined based on the phase information takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes time information, the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the third moment of phase correspondence is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment.
  • the first information received by the second device includes phase information and time information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the phase information of the reference signal sent by the same antenna and the phase information of the reference signal sent by different antennas.
  • the time information is used to indicate the measurement time corresponding to the phase information, so that the direction angle determined by the second device based on the phase information and time information takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate. , that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information received by the second device includes phase difference information, and the phase difference information is used to indicate the phase difference between reference signals sent by the same antenna and the phase between reference signals sent by different antennas. Difference, so that the direction angle determined by the second device based on the phase difference information takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes time difference information, and the time The difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, The second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, and the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment. value, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information received by the second device includes phase difference information and time difference information, and the phase difference information is used to indicate the phase difference between reference signals sent by the same antenna and the phase difference between reference signals sent by different antennas.
  • the phase difference between , the calculated direction angle is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information also includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the second device considers the frequency offset information when determining the direction angle. That is to say, the second device considers the phase error introduced by the frequency offset when determining the direction angle, so that the second device calculates The direction angle accuracy is higher, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase; the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal It includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the third moment.
  • time information and/or time difference information is any one of the following: sub-nanosecond, nanosecond, microsecond level, symbol duration, slot duration, LTE basic time unit, NR basic time unit, baseband sampling time interval.
  • the second device can determine the direction angle based on the compensated phase information or the compensated phase difference information, and the compensated phase information or the compensated phase difference information is obtained by performing frequency offset compensation on the phase information or the phase difference information, or That is to say, the second device considers the phase error introduced by the frequency offset when determining the direction angle, so that the direction angle calculated by the terminal device is more accurate, that is, the angle measurement accuracy can be improved.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to: receive a first reference signal, a second reference signal and a third reference signal;
  • the sending unit is used to: send first information, the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is based on the first a reference signal, a second reference signal and a third reference signal
  • the phase measurement results are determined; wherein the first reference signal and the third reference signal are received through the first antenna, the second reference signal is received through the second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the terminal device, or, A reference signal and a third reference signal are sent through a third antenna, a second reference signal is sent through a fourth antenna, and the third antenna and the fourth antenna are different antennas of the first device.
  • the first information includes phase information, the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the time information is used to indicate a first moment corresponding to the first phase, a second moment corresponding to the second phase, and a third moment corresponding to the third phase.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information further includes time difference information
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second phase difference corresponding to The second time difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information further includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase; the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is obtained according to the phase of the first reference signal.
  • the second phase is obtained by compensating the measurement results and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is obtained by compensating the third phase based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first time.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the phase obtained at the third moment.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is to The arrival angle or departure angle is determined based on the phase information, which is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first reference obtained at the first time The phase of the signal, the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase information and time information
  • the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase and the third moment corresponding to the third phase; wherein, The first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is Indicates at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference; wherein the first phase difference is the first phase and the second phase difference.
  • the phase difference of the phase, the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the first reference obtained at the first moment The phase of the signal
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase difference information and the time difference information
  • the difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following : The first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference The third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase information and the frequency offset information
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the second reference signal obtained at the second time.
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device. The difference in frequency of the three reference signals.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on phase information, time information and frequency offset information , where the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the second time.
  • the phase of the second reference signal, the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time;
  • the time information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first phase, the second time corresponding to the second phase, and the third phase
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device. The difference between the frequency and the frequency of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the phase difference information and the frequency offset information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate The difference between the signal frequency of the terminal equipment and the frequency of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal equipment; wherein the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the The second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase, the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase, the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is based on phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference
  • the time difference information is used to Indicates at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, and a second phase difference
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device. frequency difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an arrival angle or a departure angle
  • the direction angle is determined based on the compensation phase information or the compensation phase difference information
  • the compensation phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the second phase after compensation; the second phase and the first phase after compensation; the second phase and the third phase after compensation, and the third phase and compensation the second phase after compensation
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase The phase difference between the third phase after compensation and the third phase after compensation; the phase difference between the third phase and the second phase after compensation.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal It includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the third moment.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: receive first information, the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal; the processing unit Used for: determining the direction angle according to the first information.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through a third antenna
  • the second reference signal is sent through a fourth antenna
  • the third antenna and the fourth antenna are different antennas of the first device, or the first reference signal and the first reference signal are sent through a fourth antenna.
  • the three reference signals are received through the first antenna, and the second reference signal is received through the second antenna.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the terminal device.
  • the communication device further includes a sending unit, the sending unit is configured to: send a first reference signal, a second reference signal, and a third reference signal.
  • the first information includes phase information, the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information further includes time information, the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment. The third moment of phase correspondence.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information further includes time difference information
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second phase difference corresponding to The second time difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information also includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase; the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is the phase obtained by compensating the second phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first moment.
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal including second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment.
  • the third phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the third moment. Phase of the three reference signals.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: receive first information, the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal; the processing unit Used for: determining the direction angle according to the first information.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through a third antenna
  • the second reference signal is sent through a fourth antenna
  • the third antenna and the fourth antenna are different antennas of the first device, or the first reference signal and the first reference signal are sent through a fourth antenna.
  • the three reference signals are received through the first antenna, and the second reference signal is received through the second antenna.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes phase information, the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase; wherein the first phase is the first moment The phase of the first reference signal obtained at , the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time, and the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information also includes time information, the time information is used to indicate the first moment corresponding to the first phase, the second moment corresponding to the second phase, and the third moment. The third moment of phase correspondence.
  • the first information includes phase difference information
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference; wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase, and the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase,
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third time.
  • the first information further includes time difference information
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second phase difference corresponding to The second time difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference; wherein, the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment, the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment, and the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information also includes frequency offset information, the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal received by the terminal device, The difference in frequency between the second reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the first information includes compensated phase information or compensated phase difference information
  • the compensated phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the compensated second phase. phase; the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase; the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase. The phase difference between the phases; the phase difference between the third phase and the compensated second phase.
  • the compensated first phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is a phase obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal are the phase obtained by compensating the second phase.
  • the compensated third phase The phase information is a phase obtained by compensating the third phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first time.
  • the first The phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first moment.
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal includes the second phase and the second moment.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment.
  • the phase measurement results of the three reference signals include a third phase and a third time
  • the third phase is the phase of the third reference signal obtained at the third
  • a communication device including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions.
  • the communication device implements the above Any possible implementation method of the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • a chip in an eighth aspect, includes a processor.
  • a memory used to store a computer program is provided independently of the chip.
  • the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to perform the above first to third aspects. any possible implementation method.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it enables the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects. method within the method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program or instructions are executed, any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects is implemented. possible implementation methods.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a communication system, which includes a terminal device and a first device, wherein the terminal device is configured to perform any of the possible implementation methods in the first aspect; or, the The first device is configured to perform the method of any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a communication system in a twelfth aspect, includes a terminal device, a first device and a second device, wherein the terminal device is configured to perform any possible implementation method in the first aspect. ; Or, the first device is used to perform the method of any possible implementation of the above-mentioned second aspect; or the second device is used to perform the method of any possible implementation of the above-mentioned third aspect. .
  • any communication device, chip, computer program product, computer-readable storage medium or communication system provided above is used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the benefits it can achieve are For the effect, please refer to the beneficial effect in the corresponding method, which will not be described again here.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the application scenario involved in this application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario involved in this application.
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna device receiving a reference signal.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna device transmitting reference signals.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • for indicating may include for direct indicating and for indirect indicating.
  • indication information When describing that certain indication information is used to indicate A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry A.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX fifth generation
  • 5G Fifth generation
  • 5G Mobile communication system or new radio access technology
  • the terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.; it can be a device in the Internet of Vehicles communication, such as a communication terminal mounted on a vehicle, a roadside device, etc. Unit (road side unit, RSU); it can be a communication terminal carried on a drone; it can also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • Terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user Agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • terminal devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile Internet devices (MID), wearable devices, and virtual reality (VR) devices.
  • augmented reality (AR) equipment wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grids Wireless terminals in grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols ( session initiation protocol (SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant (PDA)), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other process connected to a wireless modem Equipment, wearable devices, terminal equipment in the 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • handheld device with wireless communication capabilities computing device or other process connected to a wireless modem Equipment, wearable devices, terminal equipment in
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to access network equipment.
  • the access network device may be a device capable of connecting a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the access network equipment may also be called a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node, radio access network equipment, or network equipment.
  • the access network device may be a base station.
  • the base station in the embodiment of this application can broadly cover various names as follows, or be replaced with the following names, such as: Node B (NodeB), evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB , gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), master station (master eNodeB, MeNB), secondary station (secondary eNodeB, SeNB), multi-standard Wireless (multi standard radio, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (BBU), Radio frequency remote unit (remote radio unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), radio frequency head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning nodes, etc.
  • NodeB Node B
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • gNB next generation NodeB
  • the base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station may also refer to a communication module, modem or chip used in the aforementioned equipment or devices.
  • the base station can also be a network-side device in the 6G network, a device that assumes the base station function in the future communication system, etc.
  • Base stations can support networks with the same or different access technologies.
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells may move based on the mobile base station's location.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device that communicates with another base station.
  • the positioning management device is a device used by the network side to determine the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the location management device can be a location management function (LMF) entity, an evolved serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), or other devices that can be used to determine the location information of the terminal device.
  • LMF location management function
  • E-SMLC evolved serving mobile location center
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 100 involved in this application.
  • the application scenario 100 may include two terminal devices, such as the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 in Figure 1.
  • the application scenario 100 mainly involves the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication to complete relative positioning or absolute positioning.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby achieving Relative positioning:
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby achieving absolute positioning.
  • the direction angle may include the angle of arrival (angle of arrival, AOA) and the angle of departure (angle of departure, AOD), where AOA can be understood as the relative direction in which a signal emitted by a single antenna is incident on the antenna array. Angle (such as the arrival angle ⁇ shown in Figure 3); AOD can be understood as the relative direction angle at which the signal emitted by the antenna array is incident on another antenna (such as the departure angle ⁇ shown in Figure 4).
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • AOD angle of departure angle
  • terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may have multiple antennas, and the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may receive or transmit reference signals on multiple antennas by switching antennas.
  • FIG 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 200 involved in this application.
  • the application scenario 200 may include a terminal device 210, a device 220 and a positioning management device 230, and the terminal device 210 can perform signaling interaction with the device 220.
  • the application scenario 200 involves a sidelink positioning scenario, and the device 220 may be other terminal equipment or a roadside unit RSU.
  • the terminal device 210 and the device 220 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby completing relative positioning or absolute positioning.
  • the application scenario 200 involves a cellular positioning scenario, and the device 220 may be an access network device. In this scenario, the location of the access network device 220 is generally known.
  • the access network device 220 can be used as an anchor device to determine the location of the terminal device 210.
  • the positioning management device 230 as a third-party device, can Participate in the solution of direction angle, etc.
  • the device 220 may have multiple antennas, and the reference signal may be transmitted on the multiple antennas by switching antennas.
  • each device in Figures 1 and 2 can be physical antennas at multiple different locations on the device, or they can be virtual antennas composed of the movement of a certain antenna on the device, or a combination of the two. , this application does not limit this.
  • the application scenarios shown in Figures 1 and 2 are only exemplary illustrations and should not impose any restrictions on this application.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna device receiving a reference signal.
  • FIG. 3 may include device 310 and device 320.
  • the device 310 is a transmitting device.
  • the device 310 can have multiple antennas or only one antenna.
  • the device 310 can be the terminal device 110 or the terminal device 120 in Figure 1.
  • the device 310 can also be the device 220 in Figure 2. .
  • the device 310 should send the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the device 320 is a receiving end device.
  • the device 320 has multiple antennas.
  • the device 320 can be the terminal device 110 or the terminal device 120 in Figure 1 .
  • the device 320 can also be the terminal device 210 in Figure 2 .
  • the device 320 can receive the reference signal and measure the phase of the reference signal by using different antennas (ie, switching the antenna mode) by switching the switch.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna device transmitting reference signals.
  • FIG. 4 may include device 410 and device 420.
  • the device 410 is a transmitting device, and the device 410 may have multiple antennas.
  • the device 410 may be the terminal device 120 or the terminal device 110 in Figure 1 , and the device 410 may also be the device 220 in Figure 2 .
  • the device 410 can use different antennas (ie, a method of switching antennas) to transmit the reference signal by switching the switch.
  • the device 420 is a receiving end device.
  • the device 420 may have multiple antennas or only one antenna.
  • the device 420 may be the terminal device 110 or the terminal device 120 in Figure 1 .
  • the device 420 may also be the terminal device 210 in Figure 2 . It should be noted that when the device 420 has multiple antennas, the device 420 should receive the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • Figure 3 is a way of measuring the angle of arrival AOA
  • Figure 4 is a way of measuring the angle of departure AOD.
  • the receiving end device 320 receives the reference signal and measures the phase by switching antennas, Among them, the device 320 has, for example, three antennas, labeled as antenna 1, antenna 2 and antenna 3, and the distance between antenna 1 and antenna 2 is d, and the direction angle to be found is ⁇ .
  • the transmitting end device 410 sends a reference signal by switching antennas, and the receiving end device 420 receives and measures the phase of the reference signal in a time-sharing manner.
  • the device 410 also has three antennas, labeled as antenna 1, antenna 2 and antenna 3. The distance between antenna 1 and antenna 2 is d, and the direction angle to be determined is ⁇ .
  • f 1 is the frequency at which device 310 sends the reference signal
  • f 2 is the frequency of the local signal of device 320
  • ⁇ 1 is the signal propagation time corresponding to antenna 1
  • k 1 and k 2 represent the time synchronization of device 310 and device 320 respectively.
  • the errors, ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 represent the initial phases of the signals from device 310 and device 320 respectively.
  • ⁇ 2 is the signal propagation time corresponding to antenna 2.
  • Equation 3 Assuming in the case of plane waves, Equation 3 can be written as:
  • d is the distance between antenna 1 and antenna 2
  • ⁇ is the direction angle to be solved
  • c is the electromagnetic wave propagation speed.
  • k is an integer.
  • the value on the right side of the equal sign in Formula 6 is less than or equal to d.
  • each device will have a certain degree of frequency offset, and the frequency offset of two devices is very likely to be different. That is to say, the signal frequencies of device 310 and device 320 (or device 410 and device 420) are inconsistent.
  • f 1 - f 2 (e 1 -e 2 )f c
  • f c is the carrier frequency under ideal conditions
  • e 1 and e 2 are the frequency deviation rates of the device 310 and the device 320 respectively, and their absolute values are generally between 0 and Between 20ppm, ppm is one part per million.
  • Equation 6 it can be seen that in the process of solving the direction angle ⁇ , when e 1 ⁇ e 2 or t 2 ⁇ t 1 , additional phase rotation will occur due to measuring phases at different times in the frequency offset scenario. This leads to errors in angle measurement.
  • the ideal carrier frequency f c is 3 GHz
  • the distance d between antenna 1 and antenna 2 is 5 cm
  • the real direction angle ⁇ is 50°.
  • e 1 -e 2 8ppm
  • t 2 -t 1 4 ⁇ s
  • the obtained direction angle is 73°, and the angle measurement error reaches 23°. It can be seen that the angle measurement error caused by frequency offset cannot be ignored.
  • this application proposes a communication method that repeatedly transmits or repeatedly receives reference signals of the same frequency resource on the same antenna, and obtains phase measurement results of these reference signals. Based on the phase measurement results, it can be determined whether The phase error introduced by the frequency offset can improve the angle measurement accuracy by calculating the direction angle based on the frequency offset.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 involves interaction between a terminal device and a first device.
  • the first device may be a terminal device.
  • the terminal device can be the terminal device 110 shown in Figure 1
  • the first device can be the terminal device 120 shown in Figure 1.
  • the terminal device can be the terminal device 120 shown in Figure 1
  • the first device can be the terminal device 110 shown in Figure 1.
  • the first device may be a terminal device or a roadside unit RSU.
  • the terminal device can be the terminal device 210 shown in Figure 2
  • the first device can be the device 220 shown in Figure 2
  • the device 220 is Another terminal equipment or roadside unit RSU.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 5 may include S501 and S502. Each step in the method 500 is described in detail below.
  • the first device sends at least three reference signals, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least three reference signals.
  • the first device has multiple antennas, and the first device sends at least three reference signals on the same antenna.
  • the terminal device receives at least three reference signals sent by the first device on multiple antennas by switching antennas, and the terminal device should receive at least two reference signals on at least the same antenna.
  • the terminal device has 4 antennas, labeled as a first antenna, a second antenna, a third antenna and a fourth antenna. Assuming that the first device uses the same antenna to send the reference signal six times, the terminal device can receive the reference signal in the 1-2-1-3-1-4 manner, that is, the terminal device first uses the first antenna to receive the first reference signal, and then The terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the second antenna to receive the second reference signal, then the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the first antenna to receive the third reference signal, then the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the third antenna to receive the fourth reference signal, and then the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the third antenna to receive the fourth reference signal.
  • the first antenna receives the fifth reference signal
  • the terminal device switches antennas and uses the fourth antenna to receive the sixth reference signal. That is to say, the first device sends the first reference signal, the second reference signal, the third reference signal, the fourth reference signal, the fifth reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the terminal device reuses the same antenna to receive the reference signal every other reference signal. That is, the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the third reference signal and the fifth reference signal through the first antenna; receives the second reference signal through the second antenna; receives the fourth reference signal through the third antenna; receives the sixth reference signal through the fourth antenna. reference signal.
  • the terminal device has three antennas, labeled as a first antenna, a second antenna and a third antenna. Assuming that the first device uses the same antenna to send the reference signal five times, the terminal device can receive the reference signal in the 1-2-1-2-3 manner, that is, the terminal device first uses the first antenna to receive the first reference signal, and then the terminal device The antenna is switched to use the second antenna to receive the second reference signal, then the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the first antenna to receive the third reference signal, then the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the second antenna to receive the fourth reference signal, and finally the terminal equipment switches the antenna to use the third reference signal. The antenna receives the fifth reference signal.
  • the first device sends the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the first reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the third reference signal, the fourth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first reference signal and the third reference signal through the first antenna, the second reference signal and the fourth reference signal through the second antenna, and the fifth reference signal through the third antenna.
  • a terminal device has two antennas, labeled as a first antenna and a second antenna. Assuming that the first device uses the same antenna to send the reference signal three times, the terminal device can receive the reference signal in a 1-2-1 manner, that is, the terminal device first uses the first antenna to receive the first reference signal, and then the terminal device switches antennas and uses the second The antenna receives the second reference signal, and finally the terminal device switches the antenna and uses the first antenna to receive the third reference signal. That is to say, the first device sends the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal on the same antenna. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first reference signal and the second reference signal through the first antenna, and receives the second reference signal through the second antenna.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal are received through the first antenna, and the second reference signal is received through the second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the terminal device.
  • the receiving spatial filtering parameters of the first reference signal and the third reference signal are the same, the receiving spatial filtering parameters of the second reference signal and the first reference signal are different, and the receiving spatial filtering parameters of the second reference signal and the third reference signal are different. different.
  • the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) status of the first reference signal and the third reference signal are the same, the TCI status of the second reference signal and the first reference signal are different, and the TCI status of the second reference signal and the third reference signal are different.
  • the TCI status of the signal is different.
  • the same TCI status of two reference signals can be understood as the existence of a QCL relationship between the two reference signals.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal have a QCL relationship, that is, the first reference signal and the third reference signal have one or more of the following: QCL relationship of type:
  • Type A Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread;
  • Type B Doppler frequency shift, Doppler expansion
  • Type C Doppler frequency shift, average delay
  • Type D (Type D): Space receives parameters.
  • the first device has multiple antennas, the first device transmits the reference signal by switching antennas, and at least one antenna in the first device repeatedly transmits the reference signal at least once.
  • the terminal device receives at least three reference signals sent by the first device on the same antenna.
  • the first device has 4 antennas, labeled as the first antenna, the second antenna, the third antenna and the fourth antenna, and the first device can send the reference signal in a 1-2-1-3-1-4 manner. , that is, the first device first uses the first antenna to send the first reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the second antenna to send the second reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the first antenna to send the third reference signal, and then the first device switches the antenna and uses the first antenna to send the third reference signal.
  • One device switches the antenna to use the third antenna to send the fourth reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna to use the first antenna to send the fifth reference signal, and finally the first device switches the antenna to use the fourth antenna to send the sixth reference signal.
  • the first device may reuse the same antenna to send the reference signal every other reference signal. That is, the first device can send the first reference signal, the third reference signal and the fifth reference signal on the first antenna; send the second reference signal on the second antenna; send the fourth reference signal on the third antenna; A sixth reference signal is sent on four wires.
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal, the third reference signal and the fifth reference signal sent by the first antenna of the first device on the same antenna, and receives the second reference signal sent by the second antenna of the first device. , receiving the fourth reference signal sent by the third antenna of the first device, and receiving the sixth reference signal sent by the fourth antenna of the first device.
  • the first device has three antennas, labeled as the first antenna, the second antenna and the third antenna, and the first device can send the reference signal in a 1-2-1-2-3 manner, that is, the first device First use the first antenna to send the first reference signal number, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the second antenna to send the second reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the first antenna to send the third reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the second antenna to send the fourth reference signal, Finally, the first device switches the antenna and uses the third antenna to send the fifth reference signal. That is to say, the first device may send the first reference signal and the third reference signal on the first antenna, the second reference signal and the fourth reference signal on the second antenna, and the fifth reference signal on the third antenna.
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal and the third reference signal sent by the first antenna of the first device on the same antenna, and receives the second reference signal and the fourth reference signal sent by the second antenna of the first device. , and receiving the fifth reference signal sent by the third antenna of the first device.
  • the first device has two antennas, labeled as the first antenna and the second antenna, and the first device can send the reference signal in a 1-2-1 manner, that is, the first device first uses the first antenna to send the first reference signal. reference signal, then the first device switches the antenna and uses the second antenna to send the second reference signal, and finally the first device switches the antenna and uses the first antenna to send the third reference signal. That is to say, the first device may send the first reference signal and the third reference signal on the first antenna, and send the second reference signal on the second antenna.
  • the terminal device receives the first reference signal and the third reference signal sent by the first antenna of the first device on the same antenna, and receives the second reference signal sent by the second antenna of the first device.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the first antenna, and the second reference signal is sent through the second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are different antennas of the first device.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal are sent through the same antenna port, that is, the first reference signal and the third reference signal correspond to the same antenna port, and the second reference signal is sent through another antenna port.
  • the transmission spatial filtering parameters of the first reference signal and the third reference signal are the same, the transmission spatial filtering parameters of the second reference signal and the first reference signal are different, and the transmission spatial filtering parameters of the second reference signal and the third reference signal are different.
  • the parameters are different.
  • the TCI states of the first reference signal and the third reference signal are the same, the TCI states of the second reference signal and the first reference signal are different, and the TCI states of the second reference signal and the third reference signal are different.
  • the first device may also send configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate which reference signals are sent or received through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate the first reference signal and the third reference signal.
  • the reference signal is sent via the same antenna.
  • the reference signal may carry identification information, which is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna that transmits the reference signal, or a port that transmits the reference signal.
  • the first device may use the identification information in the reference signal to indicate Which reference signals are sent via the same antenna.
  • the terminal device can determine which reference signals are sent through the same antenna based on the identification information in the received reference signals.
  • the frequency resources corresponding to the at least three reference signals are the same, that is, the carrier resources of the at least three reference signals are the same, or the bandwidth part (BWP) resources of the at least three reference signals are the same.
  • the resource elements (resource elements, RE) corresponding to the at least three reference signals mentioned above may be the same or different. That is to say, the above-mentioned at least three reference signals can correspond to different symbols of the same positioning reference signal (PRS)/sounding reference signal (SRS) resource, or correspond to the same PRS/SRS resource set of different symbols.
  • the at least three reference signals may also correspond to different symbols of different PRS/SRS resources, or the at least three reference signals may correspond to different symbols of different PRS/SRS resource sets.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal may be repeated symbols in the same PRS/SRS resource, or The first reference signal and the third reference signal may also be repeated symbols in the same PRS/SRS resource set.
  • the number of antennas and the number of reference signals are only exemplary.
  • the present application may also include more antennas and more reference signals, which is not limited by this application.
  • the terminal device sends the first information, and correspondingly, the first device receives the first information.
  • the terminal device can measure the phase measurement result of each reference signal, determine the first information based on the obtained phase measurement result of each reference signal, and finally send the obtained first information to First device.
  • the first information can be used to indicate the direction angle, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the first information is based on the first reference signal, the second The phase measurement results of the reference signal and the third reference signal are determined.
  • the phase measurement result of the first reference signal includes the first phase and the first time
  • the first phase is the phase of the first reference signal obtained at the first time
  • the phase measurement result of the second reference signal includes the second phase and the first time.
  • the second phase is the phase of the second reference signal obtained at the second moment
  • the phase measurement result of the third reference signal includes the third phase and the third moment
  • the third phase is the third reference signal obtained at the third moment The phase of the signal.
  • the terminal device uses the first antenna to measure the phase of the first reference signal (ie, the first phase) at time t 1 , and the theoretical calculation formula of its phase measurement value is:
  • the second antenna is used to measure the phase of the second reference signal (ie, the second phase).
  • the theoretical calculation formula of the phase measurement value is:
  • the first antenna is used to measure the phase of the third reference signal (ie, the third phase).
  • the theoretical calculation formula of the phase measurement value is:
  • the phase difference of the first antenna at time t 1 and time t 3 is:
  • m is an integer.
  • the first information may indirectly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information carries information for determining the direction angle, or the first information may directly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information is the direction angle.
  • the direction angle is the arrival angle or departure angle.
  • the first information indirectly indicates the direction angle
  • the terminal device receiving the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal as an example, the content included in the first information will be described in detail, which may include the following ten situations. .
  • the first information includes phase information.
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first information reported by the terminal device includes phase information, and the first device receives the first information and determines the direction angle based on the first information.
  • the terminal device does not need to report the phase measurement time information.
  • the terminal device and other devices can pre-define the phase measurement time when exchanging information.
  • the terminal device and the first device can pre-define the measurement interval time of the phase of each reference signal, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration, Then the terminal device can only report phase information, which is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase, and the time between the first phase and the second phase, and the time between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the interval is 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration
  • the time interval between the first phase and the third phase is 2 ⁇ s or 2 symbol durations.
  • the first device may first determine the frequency offset estimate according to Formula 11, and then determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes phase information and time information.
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the time information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first phase, the second time corresponding to the second phase and the third time corresponding to the third phase. .
  • the first information reported by the terminal device includes phase information and time information, and the first device receives the first information and determines the direction angle based on the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the first phase and the first moment corresponding to the first phase (for example and t 1 ), the second phase and the second moment corresponding to the second phase (for example and t 2 ), the third phase and the third moment corresponding to the third phase (for example and t3 ).
  • the first device may first determine the frequency offset estimate according to Formula 11, and then determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes phase difference information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first information reported by the terminal device includes phase difference information, and the first device receives the first information and determines the direction angle based on the first information. It should be noted that the terminal device does not need to report the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference.
  • the phase measurement time can be predefined. For example, the terminal device and the first device can predefine the time of each reference signal. Phase measurement interval, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration.
  • the first information is used to indicate the first phase difference (for example ) and the second phase difference (e.g.
  • the first device may first determine the frequency offset estimate according to Formula 11, and then determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes phase difference information and time difference information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase difference and the second phase difference, the first phase difference and the third phase difference, the second phase difference and the third phase difference
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: One item: the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, the first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference, the third time difference corresponding to the second phase difference.
  • the second time difference and the third phase difference correspond to the third time difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the first information reported by the terminal device includes phase difference information and time difference information corresponding to the phase difference.
  • the first device receives the first information and determines the direction angle based on the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the first phase difference and the time difference corresponding to the first phase difference (for example and t 2 -t 1 ), the second phase difference and the time difference corresponding to the second phase difference (for example and t 3 - t 1 ). So, optionally, no.
  • a device can first determine the frequency offset estimate according to Equation 11, and then determine the direction angle according to Equation 6.
  • the first information includes phase information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the signal frequency of the terminal device and the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device. The difference in frequency of the signal.
  • the signal frequency of the terminal device can be understood as the local oscillator signal generated by the terminal device when it demodulates the received reference signal.
  • the terminal device can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) based on the phase measurement results obtained from different reference signals using Formula 11, and combine the measured phase information and frequency offset
  • the shift information ie, frequency offset estimate
  • the first device can determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes phase information, time information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase information is used to indicate the first phase, the second phase and the third phase.
  • the time information is used to indicate the first time corresponding to the first phase, the second time corresponding to the second phase and the third time corresponding to the third phase.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device and the frequencies of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) based on the phase measurement results obtained from different reference signals using Formula 11, and combine the measured phase information and phase information The corresponding time information and frequency offset information (ie, frequency offset estimate) are reported to the first device, and the first device can determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the frequency offset estimate for example, f 1 -f 2
  • the first information includes phase difference information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device and the frequencies of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the terminal device can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) according to Equation 11 based on the phase measurement results obtained from different reference signals, and combine the measured phase difference information and frequency
  • the offset information ie, frequency offset estimate
  • the first device can determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information.
  • the phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first phase difference and a second phase difference, a first phase difference and a third phase difference, a second phase difference and a third phase difference.
  • the time difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference, a first time difference corresponding to the first phase difference and a third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference. , the second time difference corresponding to the second phase difference and the third time difference corresponding to the third phase difference.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device and the frequencies of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the third phase.
  • the first time difference is the difference between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time difference is the difference between the first moment and the third moment
  • the third time difference is the difference between the second moment and the third moment.
  • the terminal device can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) according to Equation 11 based on the phase measurement results obtained by measuring different reference signals, and use the obtained phase difference information, phase bad information pair
  • the corresponding time information and frequency offset information ie, frequency offset estimate
  • the first device can determine the direction angle according to Formula 6.
  • the first information includes compensation phase information.
  • the compensation phase information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first phase and the second phase after compensation; the second phase and the first phase after compensation; the second phase and the third phase after compensation, and the third phase and compensation The second phase after.
  • the compensated first phase is obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is obtained according to the phase of the first reference signal.
  • the second phase is obtained by compensating the measurement results and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is obtained by compensating the third phase based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal. received as compensation.
  • the terminal device can estimate the frequency offset of the measured phase and report the reference phase information and the phase information after frequency offset compensation.
  • the terminal device may report the first phase and the compensated second phase, for example, and or, and At this time, the terminal device does not need to carry time information.
  • the first device can determine the direction angle by using Formula 6 based on the frequency offset compensated phase information sent by the terminal device.
  • the first information includes compensated phase difference information.
  • the compensated phase difference information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase; the phase difference between the second phase and the compensated first phase; the second phase and the compensated third phase.
  • the compensated first phase is obtained by compensating the first phase according to the phase measurement result of the first reference signal and the phase measurement result of the third reference signal
  • the compensated second phase is obtained according to the phase of the first reference signal.
  • the second phase is obtained by compensating the measurement results and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal.
  • the compensated third phase information is obtained by compensating the third phase based on the phase measurement results of the first reference signal and the phase measurement results of the third reference signal. received as compensation.
  • the terminal device can report the compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device reports the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase, for example, or At this time, the terminal device does not need to carry time information.
  • the first device can determine the direction angle by using Formula 6 based on the received compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device itself can calculate the direction angle using Formula 6 and/or Formula 11 according to any one of the above situations 1 to 10.
  • the direction angle can be the arrival angle. Or leave the corner.
  • the direction angle calculated by the terminal device is the direction angle after taking into account the frequency offset, and the terminal device can directly send the direction angle to the first device.
  • the first device receives the direction angle sent by the terminal device.
  • time information and/or time difference information is at least one of the following: sub-nanosecond, nanosecond, microsecond level, symbol duration, slot duration, LTE basic time unit, NR basic time unit, baseband sampling time interval .
  • the reference signal may reach the receiving end (ie, the terminal device) through multiple propagation paths.
  • the receiving end that is, the terminal equipment
  • the receiving end measures the phase of the reference signal, it can obtain the phase measurement results of each path.
  • the receiving end i.e. terminal equipment
  • the receiving end i.e. terminal equipment
  • the receiving end may only report the first path
  • the first information may also be reported for multiple paths (ie, the first information of the first path and other paths).
  • the terminal device receives at least three reference signals and sends the first information indicating the direction angle, so that the first device can obtain the direction angle according to the first information. Since at least two of the at least three reference signals are sent through the same antenna or received by the same antenna, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the at least three reference signals, the terminal device or the first device can be based on This first information determines the phase error introduced due to frequency offset, which in turn can improve angle measurement accuracy.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 shown in Fig. 6 may include S601 to S606, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 620 (an example of the first device described in Fig. 5) sends a reference signal through the same antenna, and the terminal device 610 (Fig. Multiple antennas (an example of the terminal device described in 5) measure the phase of the received reference signal by switching antennas, and at least one of the antennas repeatedly measures the phase of the reference signal, and the terminal device 610 determines the phase measurement result of the reference signal. , the terminal device 620 completes the solution of the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • S601 to S606 which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario
  • the terminal device 620 an example of the first device described in Fig. 5
  • the terminal device 610 Fig. Multiple antennas (an example of the terminal device described in 5) measure the phase of the received reference signal by
  • the terminal device 610 sends reference signal request information to the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the request information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 610 .
  • the request information is used to request configuration information interaction with the terminal device 620.
  • the request information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the number of antennas, the switching period of the antenna, the number of antenna measurements (ie, the number of reference signals), the total number of reference signals. Duration, duration of each reference signal, type of position information.
  • the number of antennas can be understood as the total number of antennas of the terminal device 610 .
  • the antenna switching period can be understood as the antenna switching period when the terminal device 610 receives the reference signal by switching antennas.
  • the type of position information may include, for example, one or more of the following: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset Shift information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 620 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 610.
  • the terminal device 610 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 sends configuration information for responding to the request information according to the received request information.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the switching period of the antenna, the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, the reference Number of signals, type of location information.
  • the terminal device 620 sends at least three reference signals according to the configuration information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the at least three reference signals according to the configuration information.
  • the terminal device 620 sends the reference signal according to the total duration of the reference signal, the number of reference signals, the duration of each reference signal and other information indicated in the configuration information. For example, in S602, the terminal device 620 indicates that the duration of each reference signal is 4 ⁇ s and a total of 3 reference signals are sent. Then the terminal device 620 sends 3 reference signals, and the duration of each reference signal is 4 ⁇ s.
  • the terminal device 620 should transmit at least three reference signals on the same antenna. For example, the terminal device 620 transmits the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the terminal device 610 uses multiple antennas to receive the reference signal and determine the phase information.
  • the terminal device 610 may receive the reference signal by switching antennas to obtain the phase of the reference signal received by each antenna. In order to reduce the impact of frequency offset, the terminal device 610 ensures that the same antenna works at least twice or more when switching antenna measurement phases.
  • the terminal device 610 has two antennas, and the two antennas of the terminal device 610 receive three reference signals, that is, the terminal device 610 measures the phase three times, and one antenna measures the phase twice.
  • the first phase measured by the first antenna of the terminal device 610 at time t 1 is The second phase measured by the second antenna of the terminal device 610 at time t 2 is The third phase measured by the first antenna of the terminal device 610 at time t3 is
  • the terminal device 610 sends the phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information to the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the phase information and the time information corresponding to the phase information.
  • the terminal device 610 may report the phase information measured by each antenna to the terminal device 620, and indicate the measurement time information of each phase.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the phase information, or receives the phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information.
  • the terminal device 610 can only report the phase information to the terminal device 620, for example, and However, the time information corresponding to the phase information is not reported directly (that is, the time information corresponding to the phase information is implicitly indicated).
  • the phase measurement time may be predefined.
  • the terminal device 610 and the terminal device 620 may predefine the measurement interval time of the phase of each reference signal, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration.
  • the terminal device 620 may determine the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and Formula 11 based on the received phase information.
  • the terminal device 610 can send phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information to the terminal device 620.
  • the phase information includes and
  • the time information corresponding to the phase information includes t 1 , t 2 and t 3 , that is, the measurement time that directly indicates the phase information.
  • the terminal device 620 can determine the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and Formula 11 based on the received phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information.
  • S605 may also be: the terminal device 610 sends the phase difference information and the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information to the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the phase difference information and the time information corresponding to the phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 610 may report the measured phase difference information to the terminal device 620, and indicate the time difference information corresponding to each phase difference.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the phase difference information, or receives the phase difference information and the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 610 can only report the phase difference information to the terminal device 620, for example, and However, the time information corresponding to the phase information is not reported directly (that is, the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information is implicitly indicated).
  • the phase measurement time may also be predefined.
  • the terminal device 610 and the terminal device 620 may predefine the measurement interval time of the phase of each reference signal, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration. In this case, the terminal device 620 may determine the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and Formula 11 based on the received phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 610 can send phase difference information and time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information to the terminal device 620.
  • the phase difference information includes and
  • the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information includes t 2 -t 1 and t 3 -t 1 , that is, the time difference information directly indicates the phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 620 can determine the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and Formula 11 based on the received phase difference information and the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information.
  • time information and/or time difference information is any one of the following: sub-nanosecond, nanosecond, microsecond level, symbol duration, slot duration, LTE basic time unit, NR basic time unit, baseband sampling time interval.
  • the time units corresponding to the sub-nanosecond level are 0.1ns, 0.2ns, etc., corresponding to 0.Xns, and X is a positive integer less than 10; the time units corresponding to the nanosecond level are 1ns, 2ns, etc., corresponding to Yns , Y is a positive integer less than 1000; the time unit corresponding to microsecond level is 1 ⁇ s, 2 ⁇ s, etc., corresponding to Z ⁇ s, Z is an integer less than 1000; the time unit of symbol duration is 1 symbol duration, 2 symbol duration, etc.
  • H is an integer less than 100
  • the time unit of slot duration is 1 slot duration, 2 slot duration, etc., corresponding to J slot duration, J is less than 100 Integer
  • the basic time unit of LTE corresponds to 1T s , 2T s, etc., which corresponds to MT s
  • M is a positive integer less than 1000
  • the basic time unit of NR corresponds to 1T c , 2T c, etc., which corresponds to NT c
  • N is An integer less than 1000
  • the baseband sampling interval is the reciprocal of the baseband sampling rate.
  • time information and/or time difference information can take many forms.
  • the time information and/or time difference information may be absolute time information, such as: t 1 , t 2 and t 3 .
  • the time information and/or time difference information may be relative time information based on a certain time. If it is assumed that the time of the first phase measurement value is time 0, then the other phase measurement times are the same as the time of the first phase measurement value.
  • a time interval of phase measurements for example: t 2 -t 1 and t 3 -t 1 .
  • the time information and/or time difference information may be the time difference between two phase measurement values, for example: t 2 -t 1 and t 3 -t 2 ; for example, 0.1ns and 0.2ns respectively represent The second phase measurement time is separated from the first phase measurement time by 0.1ns, and the third phase measurement time is separated by 0.2ns from the second phase measurement time.
  • the time information and/or time difference information may also be sampling frequency information, such as 1 MHz, indicating that the phase is measured at a frequency of 1 MHz, and the corresponding time interval between two adjacent phase measurement values is 1 ⁇ s.
  • the terminal device 610 may also directly indicate a time interval information, such as 1 ⁇ s, indicating that the time interval between two adjacent phase observation values is 1 ⁇ s.
  • the terminal device 610 can also report to the terminal device 620 the relative position information between the antennas, that is, the distance between the antennas.
  • the relative position information can be the first antenna and the second antenna in Figures 3 and 4. The distance between antennas d.
  • the terminal device 610 and the terminal device 620 need to correspond the phase information to the relative position information between the antennas, or the phase difference information to the relative position information of the antennas. That is to say, whether it is phase information, phase difference information, or relative position information between antennas, this information needs to indicate which (or which two) antennas it is, that is, it all needs to be associated with the identification (or reference) of the antennas. signal identification).
  • the instructions here may include display instructions (i.e., direct instructions) or implicit instructions (i.e., indirect instructions). Display instructions can be understood as directly reporting corresponding indication information, which is used to indicate phase information, phase difference information, or relative positions between antennas. The information is sent directly in association with the identification of the antenna (or reference signal identification); implicit indications can be understood as not necessarily being explicitly reflected and transmitted in the information, but transmitted through other means.
  • phase information and relative position information can be two lists with one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first list represents shows the phase information
  • the second list shows the relative position information between antennas, that is, each phase information is directly associated with one position information, and the phase information and the associated position information are sent in order.
  • the first phase corresponds to the first antenna position information
  • the second phase corresponds to the second antenna position information.
  • the phase difference information and the relative position information can also be two lists in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first list represents the phase information
  • the second list represents the relative position information between the antennas.
  • there can be a phase difference which is directly associated with two pieces of position information, and the phase difference information and the associated position information are sent in order.
  • the first phase difference corresponds to the first antenna position information and the second antenna position information.
  • the terminal device 620 calculates the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 620 can calculate the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and Formula 11 according to the information received in S605, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information, phase information and time information, phase difference information, phase difference information and time difference information.
  • At least one antenna among multiple antennas of the terminal device receives at least two reference signals at different times, determines the phase measurement results of the received reference signals, and sends the phase measurement results of these reference signals to Other equipment allows other equipment to determine the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement results of different reference signals. Since the angle of arrival takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset, the calculated angle of arrival is more accurate, that is, through the embodiment of the present application The method provided can improve the angle measurement accuracy in sidelink positioning scenarios.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 shown in Fig. 7 may include S701 to S706, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 720 (an example of the first device described in Fig. 5) sends a reference signal through the same antenna, and the terminal device 710 (Fig. Multiple antennas (an example of the terminal device described in 5) measure the phase of the received reference signal by switching antennas, and at least one of the antennas repeatedly measures the phase of the reference signal, and the terminal device 710 determines the phase measurement result of the reference signal. , the terminal device 720 completes the solution of the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • S701 to S706 which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario
  • the terminal device 720 an example of the first device described in Fig. 5
  • the terminal device 710 Fig. Multiple antennas (an example of the terminal device described in 5) measure the phase of the received reference signal by
  • the terminal device 710 sends reference signal request information to the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 receives the request information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 710 .
  • the terminal device 720 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 710.
  • the terminal device 710 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 sends at least three reference signals according to the configuration information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the at least three reference signals according to the configuration information.
  • the terminal device 710 uses multiple antennas to receive the reference signal and determine the phase information.
  • S701 to S704 can refer to S601 to S604. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device 710 sends the phase information after frequency offset compensation to the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 receives the phase information after frequency offset compensation.
  • the frequency offset estimate can be calculated and the phase information measured in S704 can be processed accordingly.
  • the terminal device 710 may send the frequency offset compensated phase information to the terminal device 720 . That is, the terminal device 710 can report the reference phase information and the phase information after frequency offset compensation based on the frequency offset estimation of the measured phase.
  • the phase information after frequency offset compensation may include a first phase and a compensated second phase, for example, and or, and At this time, the terminal device 710 does not need to carry time information. In this way, the terminal device The device 720 can determine the angle of arrival by using Formula 6 based on the received phase information after frequency offset compensation.
  • S705 may also be: the terminal device 710 sends the phase difference information after frequency offset compensation to the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 receives the phase difference information after frequency offset compensation.
  • the compensated phase difference information reported is the phase difference between the first phase and the compensated second phase, for example, or At this time, the terminal device 710 does not need to carry time information. In this way, the terminal device 720 can determine the angle of arrival by using Formula 6 based on the received phase difference information after frequency offset compensation.
  • S705 may also be: the terminal device 710 reports the phase information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720, and indicates the measurement time information of each phase.
  • the terminal device 720 receives phase information and frequency offset information, or receives phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device 710 and the frequencies of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device 710. For example, the frequency offset information Used to indicate f 1 -f 2 .
  • the terminal device 710 can report phase information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720 .
  • the phase information may be, for example, and The frequency offset information may be f 1 -f 2 , for example.
  • the terminal device 710 does not need to directly report the time information corresponding to the phase information (ie, the measurement time of the phase information is implicitly indicated).
  • the phase measurement time may be predefined.
  • the terminal device 710 and the terminal device 720 may predefine the measurement interval time of the phase of each reference signal, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration.
  • the terminal device 710 can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) based on the phase measurement results obtained by measuring different reference signals using Formula 11, and combine the measured phase information and The frequency offset information is reported to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 can determine the arrival angle according to Formula 6.
  • the frequency offset estimate for example, f 1 -f 2
  • the terminal device 710 can report phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720 .
  • the phase information may be, for example, and
  • the time information corresponding to the phase information may be, for example, t 1 , t 2 and t 3
  • the frequency offset information may be, for example, f 1 -f 2 .
  • the terminal device 710 can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) based on the phase measurement results obtained by measuring different reference signals using Formula 11, and use the measured phase information,
  • the time information and frequency offset information corresponding to the phase information are reported to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 can determine the arrival angle according to Formula 6.
  • S705 may also be: the terminal device 710 reports the measured phase difference information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720, and indicates the time difference information corresponding to each phase difference.
  • the terminal device 720 receives phase difference information and frequency offset information, or receives phase difference information, time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information, and frequency offset information.
  • the frequency offset information is used to indicate the difference between the signal frequency of the terminal device 710 and the frequencies of the first reference signal, the second reference signal and the third reference signal received by the terminal device 710. For example, the frequency offset information Used to indicate f 1 -f 2 .
  • the terminal device 710 can report phase difference information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720.
  • the phase difference information may be, for example, and The frequency offset information may be f 1 -f 2 , for example.
  • the terminal device 710 does not need to directly report the time difference information corresponding to the phase information (ie, implicitly indicates the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information).
  • the phase measurement time may be predefined.
  • the terminal device 710 and the terminal device 720 may predefine the measurement interval time of the phase of each reference signal, such as 1 ⁇ s or 1 symbol duration.
  • the terminal device 710 can first use the phase measurement results obtained by measuring different reference signals to Equation 11 determines the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ), and reports the phase difference information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 can determine the arrival angle according to Equation 6.
  • the terminal device 710 may report phase difference information, time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information, and frequency offset information to the terminal device 720.
  • the phase difference information may be, for example, and
  • the time difference information corresponding to the phase difference information may be, for example, t 2 -t 1 and t 3 -t 1
  • the frequency offset information may be, for example, f 1 -f 2 .
  • the terminal device 710 can first determine the frequency offset estimate (for example, f 1 -f 2 ) based on the phase measurement results obtained by measuring different reference signals using Formula 11, and combine the phase difference information, phase difference The time difference information and frequency offset information corresponding to the information are reported to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 can determine the arrival angle according to Formula 6.
  • the frequency offset estimate for example, f 1 -f 2
  • time information and/or time difference information in this step please refer to S605, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device 720 calculates the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 720 can calculate the angle of arrival using Formula 6 and/or Formula 11 according to the information received in S705, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • At least one antenna among multiple antennas of the terminal device receives at least two reference signals at different times, determines the phase measurement result of the received reference signal, and performs frequency offset estimation based on the phase measurement result. , sending the phase measurement results and frequency offset estimation results of these reference signals to other devices, so that other devices can determine the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement results and frequency offset estimation results of the reference signal, since the angle of arrival takes the frequency offset into account
  • the phase error introduced, therefore, the calculated angle of arrival is more accurate. That is, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can improve the angle measurement accuracy in the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 shown in Fig. 8 may include S801 to S806, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 820 (an example of the first device described in Fig. 5) sends a reference signal through the same antenna, and the terminal device 810 (Fig. Multiple antennas (an example of the terminal device described in 5) measure the phase of the received reference signal by switching antennas, and at least one of the antennas repeatedly measures the phase of the reference signal, and the terminal device 810 determines the phase measurement result of the reference signal. .
  • the terminal device 810 determines the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal, and sends the angle of arrival to the terminal device 820 .
  • Each step in the method 800 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 810 sends reference signal request information to the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 receives the request information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 810 .
  • the terminal device 820 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 810.
  • the terminal device 810 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 sends at least three reference signals according to the configuration information.
  • the terminal device receives at least three reference signals according to the configuration information.
  • the terminal device 810 uses multiple antennas to receive the reference signal and determine the phase information.
  • S801 to S804 can refer to S601 to S604. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device 810 calculates the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 810 can obtain at least one of the following content according to the measurement: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and Frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information, use Formula 6 and Formula 11 to calculate the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 810 sends the calculated angle of arrival to the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 receives the angle of arrival sent by the terminal device 810.
  • the ideal carrier frequency f c is 3 GHz
  • the distance d between antenna 1 and antenna 2 is 5 cm
  • the real direction angle ⁇ is 50°.
  • e 1 -e 2 8ppm
  • t 2 -t 1 4 ⁇ s
  • the direction angle calculated by Formula 6 is 73°.
  • antenna 1 is used again to observe the phase at time t 3
  • t 3 -t 2 4 ⁇ s
  • the phase difference between time t 3 and time t 1 is obtained.
  • the estimated frequency offset is Then calculate the direction angle through Formula 6 to be approximately 50°. In other words, a more accurate direction angle can be obtained through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one of the multiple antennas of the terminal device receives at least two reference signals at different times, determines the phase measurement results of the received reference signals, and determines the angle of arrival based on the phase measurement results of these reference signals. , and sends the angle of arrival to other devices. Since the determination of the angle of arrival takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset, the accuracy of the calculated angle of arrival is higher. That is, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can improve sidelink Angle measurement accuracy in positioning scenarios.
  • FIG 9 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 900 shown in Figure 9 may include S901 to S905, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 920 (an example of the first device described in Figure 5) sends a reference signal through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the terminal device 910 (an example of the terminal device described in Figure 5) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the terminal device 920 completes the departure angle calculation based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal. Solve.
  • Each step in the method 900 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 920 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 910.
  • the terminal device 910 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 920 .
  • the configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, the number of reference signals, and the type of location information.
  • the number of antennas can be understood as the total number of antennas of the terminal device 920; the switching period of the antenna can be understood as the antenna switching period when the terminal device 920 transmits the reference signal by switching antennas;
  • the type of location information can include, for example, one or more of the following Items: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; Phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 920 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the terminal device 920 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the terminal device 920 sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • the terminal device 920 transmits a first reference signal through a first antenna, a second reference signal through a second antenna, and a third reference signal through the first antenna. More specifically, the terminal device 920 sends a first reference signal through a first port, a second reference signal through a second port, and a third reference signal through a third port, where the first reference signal sent through the first port and The third reference signal sent by the third port is sent through the first antenna of the terminal device 920, and the second reference signal sent by the second port is sent by the second antenna of the terminal device 920. Sent.
  • the terminal device 910 receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the terminal device 910 receives and measures the phase of each reference signal sent by the terminal device 920 on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the terminal device 910 measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as The terminal device 910 measures the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 and obtains the second phase as The terminal device 910 measures the phase of the third reference signal at time t 3 and obtains the third phase as
  • the terminal device 910 sends the phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information to the terminal device 920.
  • the terminal device 920 receives the phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information.
  • S904 may be: the terminal device 910 sends phase information to the terminal device 920.
  • the terminal device 920 receives the phase information.
  • S904 may be: the terminal device 910 sends phase difference information to the terminal device 920.
  • the terminal device 920 receives the phase difference information.
  • S904 may also be: the terminal device 910 sends phase difference information and time difference information to the terminal device 920.
  • the terminal device 920 receives the phase difference information and time difference information.
  • the terminal device 920 calculates the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 920 can calculate the departure angle according to the information received in S904 using Formula 6 and Formula 11, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information, phase information and time information, phase difference information, phase difference information and time difference information.
  • the terminal device can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna.
  • the terminal device can measure the phase of the received reference signals to determine The phase measurement results of these reference signals are sent to other devices, so that other devices can determine the departure angle based on the phase measurement results of different reference signals, since the determination of the departure angle takes the frequency offset into account.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1000 shown in Figure 10 may include S1001 to S1005, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 1020 (an example of the first device described in Figure 5) sends a reference signal through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the terminal device 1010 (an example of the terminal device described in Figure 5) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the terminal device 1020 completes the departure angle based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal. solution.
  • Each step in the method 1000 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 1020 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 1010.
  • the terminal device 1010 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 1020.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, the number of reference signals, and the type of location information.
  • this configuration information can also be used to indicate which reference signals are sent through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information may directly indicate which reference signals are transmitted through one antenna.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the first reference signal and the third reference signal are transmitted through the same antenna.
  • Configuration information can be used
  • the identification information in the reference signal indicates which reference signals are sent through the same antenna. That is to say, the configuration information indicates the identification information carried in the reference signal sent by the same antenna.
  • the identification information may be, for example, one or more of the following: antenna identification, port identification, reference signal ID identification, reference signal set ID identification, reference signal resource ID, and reference signal resource set ID.
  • the reference signal may carry an antenna identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission or a port identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission.
  • the terminal device 1020 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the terminal device 1020 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • the terminal device 1010 receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the terminal device 1010 receives and measures the phase of each reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the terminal device 1010 measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as The terminal device 1010 measures the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 and obtains the second phase as The terminal device 1010 measures the phase of the third reference signal at time t 3 and obtains the third phase as
  • the terminal device 1010 sends the phase information after frequency offset compensation to the terminal device 1020.
  • the terminal device 1020 receives the offset-compensated phase information.
  • S1004 may be: the terminal device 1010 sends the phase difference information after frequency offset compensation to the terminal device 1020. Correspondingly, the terminal device 1020 receives the offset-compensated phase difference information.
  • S1004 may be: the terminal device 1010 sends phase information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 1020. Correspondingly, the terminal device 1020 receives the phase information and frequency offset information.
  • S1004 may be: the terminal device 1010 sends phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information to the terminal device 1020.
  • the terminal device 1020 receives the phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information.
  • S1004 may be: the terminal device 1010 sends phase difference information and frequency offset information to the terminal device 1020. Correspondingly, the terminal device 1020 receives the phase difference information and frequency offset information.
  • S1004 may also be: the terminal device 1010 sends phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information corresponding to the phase difference information to the terminal device 1020.
  • the terminal device 1020 receives the phase difference information, the time difference information and the frequency offset information corresponding to the phase difference information.
  • the terminal device 1020 calculates the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 1020 can calculate the departure angle using Formula 6 and/or Formula 11 according to the information received in S1004, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, Time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna.
  • the terminal device can measure the phase of the received reference signals to determine Phase measurement results of these reference signals, and perform frequency offset estimation based on the phase measurement results, and send the phase measurement results and frequency offset estimation results of the reference signals to other devices, so that other devices can use the phase measurement results of the reference signals and
  • the frequency offset estimate determines the departure angle, which takes into account the Phase error, therefore, the calculated departure angle accuracy is higher, that is, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can improve the angle measurement accuracy in the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1100 shown in Figure 11 may include S1101 to S1106, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 1120 (an example of the first device described in Figure 5) sends reference signals through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the terminal device 1110 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 5 ) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna, and determines the phase measurement result of the reference signal based on the measured phase.
  • the terminal device 1110 determines the departure angle based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal, and sends the departure angle to the terminal device 1120 .
  • Each step in the method 1100 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 1120 sends the configuration information of the reference signal to the terminal device 1110.
  • the terminal device 1110 receives the configuration information of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 1120.
  • the terminal device 1120 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the terminal device 1120 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • the terminal device 1110 receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the terminal device 1110 receives and measures the phase of each reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the terminal device 1110 measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as The terminal device 1110 measures the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 and obtains the second phase as The terminal device 1110 measures the phase of the third reference signal at time t 3 and obtains the third phase as
  • the terminal device 1120 sends positioning assistance information to the terminal device 1110.
  • the terminal device 1110 receives the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 1120.
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 1120 .
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna. If the terminal device 1120 includes three antennas, identified as a first antenna, a second antenna and a third antenna, the positioning assistance information is used to indicate: the relative positions of the first antenna, the second antenna and the third antenna.
  • the indication method also includes a display indication or an implicit indication.
  • the display indication means that the indication information can be reported at the same time as the positioning auxiliary information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the relative positions of which two antennas the positioning auxiliary information is, for example, the association
  • the identification information carried in the reference signal sent by the antenna can be, for example, one or more of the following: antenna identification, port identification, reference signal ID identification, reference signal set ID identification, reference signal resource ID, reference Signal resource set ID.
  • the implicit indication may, for example, determine the relative positions of which two antennas are based on the order in which the positioning assistance information is reported.
  • the relative position of the antennas may be the distance between the antennas, or the position coordinates of each antenna at a certain coordinate. For example, when multiple antennas form a linear array, the distance between the antennas can be given; when multiple antennas form an area array, specific location coordinates need to be given.
  • the distance or position coordinates can be in the form of absolute values, and the units of the coordinates can be millimeters, centimeters, decimeters, meters, etc.
  • the distance and position can also be converted into wavelength values at a certain frequency. For example, if the distance between the first antenna and the second antenna is 10cm, and the reference wavelength is 10cm, then 1 can be used to represent the distance.
  • the positioning assistance information and the configuration information of the reference signal can be sent to the terminal device 1110 through one signaling (that is, sent to the terminal device 1110 in S1101), or can be sent to the terminal device 1110 through multiple signalings. And the order in which the positioning assistance information is sent is not limited.
  • the terminal device 1110 calculates the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 1110 can obtain at least one of the following content according to the measurement: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information, calculate the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 1110 sends the calculated departure angle to the terminal device 1120.
  • the terminal device 1120 receives the departure angle sent by the terminal device 1110 .
  • the terminal device can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna.
  • the terminal device can measure the phase of the received reference signals to determine Based on the phase measurement results of these reference signals, the departure angle is determined based on the phase measurement results of the different reference signals, and the departure angle is sent to other devices. Since the departure angle takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset, the calculated The departure angle accuracy is higher, that is, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can improve the angle measurement accuracy in the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1200 involves interaction between a terminal device, a first device and a second device.
  • the first device may be a terminal device or a roadside unit RSU
  • the second device may be a positioning management device (eg, LMF).
  • the terminal device can be the terminal device 210 shown in Figure 2
  • the first device can be the device 220 shown in Figure 2
  • the second device It may be the positioning management device 230 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first device may be an access network device, and the second device may be a positioning management device.
  • the terminal device can be the terminal device 210 shown in Figure 2
  • the first device can be the device 220 shown in Figure 2
  • the second device It may be the positioning management device 230 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method 1200 shown in FIG. 12 includes S1201 to S1203. Each step in the method 1200 is described in detail below.
  • the first device sends at least three reference signals, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least three reference signals.
  • the terminal device sends the first information, and correspondingly, the second device receives the first information.
  • the second device determines the direction angle according to the first information.
  • the second device can calculate the direction angle according to the received first information using Formula 6 and/or Formula 11.
  • the first information may be at least one of the following: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensation Phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the terminal device receives at least three reference signals and sends the first information indicating the direction angle, so that the second device can obtain the direction angle based on the first information. Since at least two of the at least three reference signals are sent through the same antenna or received by the same antenna, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the at least three reference signals, the terminal device or the second device can be based on the The first information determines the phase error introduced due to the frequency offset, which in turn can improve the angle measurement accuracy.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1300 shown in Figure 13 may include steps S1301 to S1308, involving a cellular or sidelink positioning scenario.
  • the device 1310 (an example of the first device described in Figure 12) transmits a reference signal through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the UE (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 12) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the LMF an example of the second device described in Figure 12
  • Each step in the method 1300 is described in detail below.
  • LMF sends positioning assistance request information to device 1310.
  • device 1310 receives the positioning assistance request information.
  • the positioning assistance request information is used to indicate at least one of the following: configuration information of the reference signal, geographical location information, relative position information of the antennas in each device 1310, etc.
  • the configuration information of the reference signal is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, the number of reference signals, and the type of location information.
  • the type of position information may include, for example, one or more of the following: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the configuration information of the reference signal can also be used to indicate which reference signals are transmitted through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information may directly indicate which reference signals are transmitted through one antenna.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the first reference signal and the third reference signal are transmitted through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information can use the identification information in the reference signal to indicate which reference signals are sent through the same antenna. That is to say, the configuration information indicates the identification information carried in the reference signal sent by the same antenna, where the identification information can be, for example, One or more of the following: antenna identification, port identification, reference signal ID identification, reference signal set ID identification, reference signal resource ID, reference signal resource set ID.
  • the reference signal may carry an antenna identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission or a port identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission.
  • the device 1310 sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information.
  • the device 1310 sends positioning assistance response information in response to the positioning assistance request information according to the received positioning assistance request information.
  • the LMF sends the auxiliary information to the UE.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, and the number of reference signals.
  • the LMF sends the requested positioning information to the UE, and accordingly, the UE receives the requested positioning information.
  • the requested positioning information is used to indicate the type of reported location information.
  • the type of location information may include one or more of the following: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information. ; Phase information and frequency offset information; Phase information, time information and frequency offset information; Phase difference information and frequency offset information; Phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; Compensated phase information; Compensated phase difference information.
  • the device 1310 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the device 1310 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • S1306 The UE receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the UE receives and measures the phase of each reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the UE measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as
  • the second phase obtained by measuring the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 is
  • the third phase obtained by measuring the phase of the third reference signal at time t3 is
  • S1307 The UE sends phase information and time information corresponding to the phase information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase information and the time information corresponding to the phase information.
  • S1307 may be: the UE sends phase information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase information.
  • S1307 may be: the UE sends phase difference information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase difference information.
  • S1307 may also be: the UE sends phase difference information and time difference information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase difference information and time difference information.
  • the LMF can calculate the departure angle based on the information received in S1307 and using Formula 6 and Formula 11, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information, phase information and time information, phase difference information, phase difference information and time difference information.
  • the LMF can determine the location of the terminal device based on multiple departure angle information reported by the UE.
  • the UE can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas of the device 1310 on the same antenna, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna of the device 1310.
  • the UE can Measure the phase of the received reference signal to determine the phase measurement results of different reference signals, and send the phase measurement results of the different reference signals to the LMF, so that the LMF can determine the departure angle based on the phase measurement results of the different reference signals. Due to the departure angle
  • the determination of takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset. Therefore, the calculated departure angle is more accurate.
  • there can be multiple devices 1310 there can also be multiple determined departure angles, so that the LMF can determine the position of the terminal device based on the multiple departure angles.
  • FIG 14 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1400 shown in Figure 14 may include steps S1401 to S1408, involving a cellular or sidelink positioning scenario.
  • the device 1410 (an example of the first device described in Figure 12) transmits a reference signal through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the UE (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 12) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the LMF an example of the second device described in Figure 12
  • there may be multiple devices 1410 The location of the UE may be uniquely determined through multiple devices 1410. Each step in the method 1400 is described in detail below.
  • LMF sends positioning assistance request information to device 1410.
  • device 1410 receives the positioning assistance request information.
  • the device 1410 sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information.
  • S1401 and S1402 can refer to S1301 and S1302 respectively. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the LMF sends the auxiliary information to the UE.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, and the number of reference signals. Additionally, this auxiliary information can be used to indicate which reference signals are transmitted via the same antenna.
  • the configuration information may directly indicate which reference signals are transmitted through one antenna.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the first reference signal and the third reference signal are transmitted through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information can use the identification information in the reference signal to indicate which reference signals are sent through the same antenna. That is to say, the configuration information indicates the identification information carried in the reference signal sent by the same antenna, where the identification information can be, for example, One or more of the following: antenna identification, port identification, reference signal ID identification, reference signal set ID identification, reference signal resource ID, reference signal resource set ID.
  • the reference signal may carry an antenna identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission or a port identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission.
  • the LMF sends the requested positioning information to the UE, and accordingly, the UE receives the requested positioning information.
  • the requested positioning information is used to indicate the type of reported location information.
  • the type of location information may include, for example, one or more of the following: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference. information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information .
  • the device 1410 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the device 1410 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • S1406 The UE receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the UE receives and measures the phase of each reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the UE measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as
  • the second phase obtained by measuring the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 is
  • the third phase obtained by measuring the phase of the third reference signal at time t3 is
  • the UE sends the phase information after frequency offset compensation to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the frequency offset compensated phase information.
  • S1407 may be: the UE sends the phase difference information after frequency offset compensation to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the offset-compensated phase difference information.
  • S1407 may be: the UE sends phase information and frequency offset information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase information and frequency offset information.
  • S1407 may be: the UE sends phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase information, time information corresponding to the phase information, and frequency offset information.
  • S1407 may be: the UE sends phase difference information and frequency offset information to the LMF.
  • LMF receives the phase difference information and frequency offset information.
  • S1407 may also be: the UE sends phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information corresponding to the phase difference information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information corresponding to the phase difference information.
  • the LMF can calculate the departure angle according to the information received in S1407 using Formula 6 and/or Formula 11, where the information can be at least one of the following: phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and Frequency offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information.
  • the LMF can determine the location of the terminal device based on multiple departure angle information reported by the UE.
  • the UE can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas of the device 1410 on the same antenna, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna of the device 1410.
  • the UE can Measure the phase of the received reference signal to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal, and perform frequency offset estimation based on the phase measurement result.
  • the obtained information determines the departure angle. Since the determination of the departure angle takes into account the phase error introduced by the frequency offset, the calculated departure angle is more accurate.
  • there may be multiple devices 1310 there are also multiple determined departure angles, so that the LMF can determine the position of the terminal device based on the multiple departure angles.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1500 shown in Figure 15 may include steps S1501 to S1507, involving a cellular or sidelink positioning scenario.
  • the device 1510 (an example of the first device described in Figure 12) transmits a reference signal through multiple antennas, and at least one of the antennas The reference signal is sent repeatedly at least once.
  • the UE (an example of the terminal equipment shown in Figure 12) measures the phase of the received reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal, determines the departure angle based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal, and determines the departure angle.
  • the angle is sent to the LMF (an example of the second device described in Figure 12).
  • Each step in the method 1500 is described in detail below.
  • LMF sends positioning assistance request information to device 1510.
  • device 1510 receives the positioning assistance request information.
  • the device 1510 sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information.
  • S1501 and S1502 can refer to S1401 and S1402 respectively. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the LMF sends the auxiliary information to the UE.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the total duration of the reference signal, the duration of each reference signal, the number of reference signals, the relative position information of the antennas within each gNB/TRP, and the geographical location information of each gNB/TRP.
  • this auxiliary information is used to indicate which reference signals are sent via the same antenna.
  • the configuration information may directly indicate which reference signals are transmitted through one antenna.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the first reference signal and the third reference signal are transmitted through the same antenna.
  • the configuration information can use the identification information in the reference signal to indicate which reference signals are sent through the same antenna. That is to say, the configuration information indicates the identification information carried in the reference signal sent by the same antenna, where the identification information can be, for example, One or more of the following: antenna identification, port identification, reference signal ID identification, reference signal set ID identification, reference Signal resource ID, refer to signal resource set ID.
  • the reference signal may carry an antenna identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission or a port identifier that identifies the reference signal transmission.
  • the device 1510 sends reference signals on multiple antennas.
  • At least one antenna among the multiple antennas of the device 1510 works twice or more, that is, at least one antenna sends the reference signal at least twice.
  • S1505 The UE receives the reference signal and determines the phase information.
  • the UE receives and measures the phase of each reference signal on the same antenna to determine the phase information.
  • the UE measures the phase of the first reference signal at time t 1 and obtains the first phase as
  • the second phase obtained by measuring the phase of the second reference signal at time t 2 is
  • the third phase obtained by measuring the phase of the third reference signal at time t3 is
  • the UE calculates the departure angle.
  • the UE can obtain at least one of the following contents according to the measurement: phase information; phase information and time information; phase difference information; phase difference information and time difference information; phase information and frequency offset information; phase information, time information and frequency Offset information; phase difference information and frequency offset information; phase difference information, time difference information and frequency offset information; compensated phase information; compensated phase difference information, use formula 6 and formula 10 to calculate the departure angle.
  • the UE sends the calculated departure angle to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the departure angle sent by the UE.
  • the LMF can determine the location of the terminal device based on multiple departure angle information reported by the UE.
  • the UE can receive multiple reference signals sent by different antennas of the device 1510 on the same antenna, and at least two of the multiple reference signals are sent through the same antenna of the device 1510.
  • the UE can Measure the phase of the received reference signal to determine the phase measurement result of the reference signal, determine the departure angle based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal, and send the departure angle to the LMF, since the determination of the departure angle takes into account the phase introduced by the frequency offset. error and, therefore, the calculated departure angle is more accurate.
  • there may be multiple devices 1310 there are also multiple determined departure angles, so that the LMF can determine the position of the terminal device based on the multiple departure angles.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by this application, including a receiving unit 1610 and a sending unit 1630.
  • the communication device can be used to implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device, or it can also be a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is configured to perform reception-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is configured to receive the first reference signal, the second reference signal, the third reference signal, etc.
  • the sending unit 1630 is configured to perform sending-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 1630 is configured to send the first information and so on.
  • the communication device further includes a processing unit 1620.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to perform processing related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to determine the first reference signal, the second reference signal and Phase measurement results of the third reference signal, etc.
  • the receiving unit 1610 and the sending unit 1630 can also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has the functions of receiving and sending at the same time, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device may be used to implement steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the first device, or may be a chip or process in the first device. circuit. take over Unit 1610.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is used to perform reception-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is used to receive the first information and so on.
  • the sending unit 1630 is configured to perform the sending related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 1630 is configured to send the first reference signal, the second reference signal, the third reference signal, etc.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to perform processing related operations of the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to determine the direction angle according to the first information.
  • the sending unit 1630 and the receiving unit 1610 can also be integrated into a sending and receiving unit, which has the functions of receiving and sending at the same time, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the steps or processes performed by the positioning management device corresponding to the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device can be a positioning management device, or it can also be a chip in the positioning management device or circuit.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is configured to perform reception-related operations of the positioning management device in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is used to receive positioning assistance response information sent by the base station, etc.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to perform processing-related operations of the positioning management device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1620 is configured to determine the direction angle according to the first information.
  • the sending unit 1630 is used to perform the sending related operations of the positioning management device in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 1620 is used to send a positioning assistance request message, etc.
  • the sending unit 1630 and the receiving unit 1610 can also be integrated into a sending and receiving unit, which has the functions of receiving and sending at the same time, which is not limited here.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application, including a processor 1710.
  • the processor 1710 is coupled to a memory 1720.
  • the memory 1720 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute the memory 1720. Stored computer programs or instructions, or read data stored in the memory 1720, to execute the methods in each of the above method embodiments.
  • processors 1710 there are one or more processors 1710 .
  • the memory 1720 is integrated with the processor 1710, or is provided separately.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver 1730, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals.
  • the processor 1710 is used to control the transceiver 1730 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1720 to implement related operations performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1730 can be used to perform the receiving operation of the terminal device in S501 shown in FIG. 5, and can also be used to perform the sending operation of the terminal device in S502.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute the processing steps of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, processing operations are performed for determining phase information from a measured phase of a reference signal.
  • the communication device shown in Figure 17 can perform the terminal equipment in Figures 5 and 12, the terminal equipment 610 in Figure 6, the terminal equipment 710 in Figure 7, the terminal equipment 810 in Figure 8, and the terminal equipment in Figure 9. Operations performed by the terminal device 910, the terminal device 1010 in FIG. 10, the terminal device 1110 in FIG. 11, and the UEs in FIGS. 13 to 15.
  • the communication device may be used to implement the operations performed by the first device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1720 to implement related operations performed by the first device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1730 may be used to perform the sending operation of the first device in S501 shown in FIG. 5, and may also be used to perform the receiving operation of the first device in S502.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute the processing steps of the first device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, processing operations for calculating the angle of departure based on phase information and time information are performed. It should be understood that the communication device shown in Fig. 17 can execute the first device in Figs.
  • terminal device 620 in Fig. 6 the terminal device 720 in Fig. 7, the terminal device 820 in Fig. 8, the terminal device 820 in Fig. 9
  • the communication device may be used to implement the operations performed by the positioning management device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1720 to implement related operations performed by the positioning management device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1730 may be used to perform the sending operation of the LMF in S1303 shown in FIG. 13, and may also be used to perform the receiving operation of the LMF in S1307.
  • the processor 1710 is used to execute the LMF processing steps in the embodiment of the present application. For example, it is used to perform the operation of calculating the departure angle in S1308 shown in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 17 is only an example and not a limitation.
  • the above-mentioned communication device including a processor, a memory and a transceiver may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the present application provides a chip, which includes a processor.
  • the memory used to store the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device or the first device or the positioning management device in any method embodiment be executed.
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include a memory.
  • the chip in the embodiment of the present application can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC). It can be a CPU, a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), a microcontroller unit (MCU), or a programmable Controller (programmable logic device, PLD), other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • It can be a CPU, a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), a microcontroller unit (MCU), or a programmable Controller (programmable logic device, PLD), other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or other integrated chips.
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • PLD programmable Controller
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 5 to 15. method.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 5 to 15. method.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Radio Transmission System (AREA)

Abstract

提供了一种通信方法（500）。该通信方法（500）包括：第一设备发送至少三个参考信号（S501）；终端设备接收参考信号，并基于每个参考信号的相位测量结果确定第一信息；终端设备发送第一信息（S502），第一信息用于指示方向角，第一设备接收第一信息。由于该至少三个参考信号中有至少两个参考信号通过同一天线发送或接收，从而终端设备或者其他设备可以基于该第一信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。还提供了一种通信装置、芯片和计算机可读存储介质。

Description

通信方法和通信装置
本申请要求于2022年03月27日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210309358.7、申请名称为“一种测角方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，以及要求于2022年04月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210417185.0、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。
背景技术
在新无线(new radio，NR)中的蜂窝和侧行链路(sidelink)定位场景中，测角是一项重要的基本功能。但由于设备的硬件条件的限制等原因，当接收端设备具有多个天线时，接收端设备接收的多个参考信号需要以切换天线的方式接收，分时测量相位；当发送端设备具有多个天线时，发送端设备采用切换天线的方式发送参考信号，接收端设备分时测量相位。
在这种情况下，接收端设备和发送端设备的信号频率可能存在不一致(即，信号频率存在偏移)，从而得到的相位测量结果中包含了由于信号频率偏移而引入的相位误差，导致测角结果存在较大的误差。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法和通信装置，能够减少测角误差，提高测角精度。
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法应用于终端设备，包括：接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号；发送第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号，并发送用于指示方向角的第一信息，以便其他设备根据该第一信息便可获取方向角。由于第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送或同一天线接收，第二参考信号通过其他天线发送或其他天线接收，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定，从而终端设备或者其他设备可以基于该第一信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处 得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中包括相位信息，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，从而使得其他设备可以根据该相位信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间信息，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中包括相位信息和时间信息，且该相位信息用于同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，该时间信息用于指示该相位信息对应的测量时间，使得其他设备可以根据该相位信息和时间信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，从而可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中包括相位差信息，且该相位差信息可以指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息，从而使得其他设备可以根据该相位差信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中包括相位差信息和时间差信息，且该相位差信息可以指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息，从而使得其他设备可以根据该相位差信息和相位差对应的时间差信息补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中还可以包括频率偏移信息，也就是说，终端设备可以补偿由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，并将该频率偏移信息发送给其他设备，使得其他设备可以根据该频率偏移信息提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二 相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备发送的第一信息中包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，且该补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息是对相位信息或相位差信息进行频率偏移补偿后得到的，也就是说，终端设备发送的第一信息中已经考虑了频率偏移对测角产生的影响，从而使得其他设备可以根据该补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定精度更高的方向角，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息确定的，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据相位信息确定方向角，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，从而终端设备基于该相位信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移产生的测角误差，使得计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息和时间信息确定的，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据相位信息和时间信息确定方向角，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，该时间信息用于指示该相位信息对应的测量时间，从而终端设备基于该相位信息和该时间信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移产生的测角误差，使得计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其 中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据相位差信息确定方向角，且该相位差信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息，从而终端设备基于该相位差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移产生的测角误差，使得计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息和时间差信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差。
其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据相位差信息和时间差信息确定方向角，且该相位差信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位差信息，该时间差信息用于指示该相位差信息对应的测量时间间隔，从而终端设备基于该相位差信息和该时间差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移产生的测角误差，使得计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息和频率偏移信息确定的，其中，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息确定的，其中，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位；该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻；该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和 第三相位差，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备确定方向角时考虑了频率偏移信息，也就是说，终端设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，使得终端设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定的，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位，第三相位和补偿后的第二相位；该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
应理解，上述的时间信息和/或时间差信息的粒度为以下任意一项：亚纳秒、纳秒、微秒级、符号时长、时隙时长、LTE基本时间单位、NR基本时间单位、基带采样时间间隔。
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定方向角， 且该补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息是对相位信息或相位差信息进行频率偏移补偿后得到的，也就是说，终端设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，使得终端设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法应用于第一设备，包括：接收第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；根据第一信息确定方向角；其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线。
应理解，该第一设备可以是接入网设备，可以是终端设备，还可以是路边单元。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备可以根据终端设备发送的第一信息确定方向角，由于该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定，且该第一信息同时考虑了同一天线发送的参考信号的相位测量结果和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位测量结果，从而第一设备根据该第一信息确定的方向角也考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，第一设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在接收第一信息之前，该方法还包括：发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位信息，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，从而第一设备根据该相位信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间信息，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位信息和时间信息，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，该时间信息用于指示该相位信息对应的测量时间，从而第一设备根据该相位信息和时间信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位差信息，且该相位差信息 用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差和不同天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差，从而第一设备根据该相位差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位差信息和时间差信息，且该相位差信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差和不同天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差，该时间差信息用于指示该相位差信息对应的测量时间间隔，从而第一设备根据该相位差信息和时间差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备确定方向角时考虑了频率偏移信息，也就是说，第一设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，从而使得第一设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
应理解，上述的时间信息和/或时间差信息的粒度为以下任意一项：亚纳秒、纳秒、微秒级、符号时长、时隙时长、LTE基本时间单位、NR基本时间单位、基带采样时间间隔。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备可以根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定方向角，且该补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息是对相位信息或相位差信息进行频率偏移补偿后得到的，也就是说，第一设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，从而 使得终端设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法应用于第二设备，包括：接收第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；根据第一信息确定方向角；其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线。
应理解，该第二设备可以是定位管理设备。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备可以根据终端设备发送的第一信息确定方向角，由于该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定，且该第一信息同时考虑了同一天线发送的参考信号的相位测量结果和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位测量结果，从而第二设备根据该第一信息确定的方向角也考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，第二设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位信息，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，从而第二设备根据该相位信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间信息，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位信息和时间信息，且该相位信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号的相位信息和不同天线发送的参考信号的相位信息，该时间信息用于指示该相位信息对应的测量时间，从而第二设备根据该相位信息和时间信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位差信息，且该相位差信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差和不同天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差，从而第二设备根据该相位差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间 差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备接收到的第一信息中包括相位差信息和时间差信息，且该相位差信息用于指示同一天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差和不同天线发送的参考信号之间的相位差，该时间差信息用于指示该相位差信息对应的测量时间间隔，从而第二设备根据该相位差信息和时间差信息确定的方向角考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备确定方向角时考虑了频率偏移信息，也就是说，第二设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，从而使得第二设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
应理解，上述的时间信息和/或时间差信息的粒度为以下任意一项：亚纳秒、纳秒、微秒级、符号时长、时隙时长、LTE基本时间单位、NR基本时间单位、基带采样时间间隔。
基于上述技术方案，第二设备可以根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定方向角，且该补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息是对相位信息或相位差信息进行频率偏移补偿后得到的，也就是说，第二设备在确定方向角时考虑了由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，从而使得终端设备计算得到的方向角精度更高，即可以提高测角精度。
第四方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：接收单元和发送单元。该接收单元用于：接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号；该发送单元用于：发送第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号 的相位测量结果确定；其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到 达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息确定的，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息和时间信息确定的，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息和时间差信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差。
其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息和频率偏移信息确定的，其中，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息确定的，其中，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位；该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻；该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频 率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括方向角，该方向角为到达角或离开角，且该方向角是根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定的，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位，第三相位和补偿后的第二相位；该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：接收单元和处理单元。该接收单元用于：接收第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；该处理单元用于：根据该第一信息确定方向角。 其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该通信装置还包括发送单元，该发送单元用于：发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间信息，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位 和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：接收单元和处理单元。该接收单元用于：接收第一信息，该第一信息用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；该处理单元用于：根据该第一信息确定方向角。其中，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，第三天线和第四天线是第一设备的不同天线，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；其中，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间信息，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括相位差信息，该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括时间差信息，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差；其中，第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。
其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，补偿后的第三 相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位，第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位，第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
第七方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器，该处理器与存储器耦合，该存储器用于存储程序或指令，当该程序或指令被该处理器执行时，使得该通信装置实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一可能的实现方式的方法。
第八方面，提供了一种芯片，该芯片包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一可能的实现方式的方法。
第九方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令被执行时，实现上述第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括终端设备和第一设备，其中，所述终端设备用于执行上述第一方面中的任一可能的实现方式的方法；或者，所述第一设备用于执行上述第二方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括终端设备、第一设备和第二设备，其中，所述终端设备用于执行上述第一方面中的任一可能的实现方式的方法；或者，所述第一设备用于执行上述第二方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法；或者，所述第二设备用于执行上述第三方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法。
可以理解的是，上述提供的任一种通信装置、芯片、计算机程序产品、计算机可读存储介质或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1是本申请涉及的应用场景示意图。
图2是本申请涉及的另一应用场景示意图。
图3示出了多天线设备接收参考信号的示意图。
图4示出了多天线设备发送参考信号的示意图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
图16是是本申请实施例提供一种通信装置示意图。
图17是是本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。另外，在本申请的实施例中，“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号只是为了描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。下文各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外，在本申请实施例中，“701”、“801”、“901”等字样仅为了描述方便作出的标识，并不是对执行步骤的次序进行限定。
在本申请中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。在本申请实施例中，“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求设备在实现时一定要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统或新无线接入技术(new radio，NR)，本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。
本申请的实施例可以应用于终端设备。终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等；可以是车联网通信中的设备，例如车辆上载的通信终端、路边单元(road side unit，RSU)；可以是无人机上载有的通信终端；还可以是物联网(internet of things，IoT)系统中的终端设备。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。
示例性的，终端设备包括但不限于：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备，5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对终端设备的具体形式不作限定。
本申请实施例中的技术方案还可以应用于接入网设备。接入网设备可以是能够将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。该接入网设备还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)节点、无线接入网设备、网络设备。示例性的，该接入网设备可以是基站。
本申请实施例中的基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称，或与如下名称进行替换，比如：节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB，gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、主站(master eNodeB，MeNB)、辅站(secondary eNodeB，SeNB)、多制式无线(multi standard radio，MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point，AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit，RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)、射频头(remote radio head，RRH)、中心单元(central unit，CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物，或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。
基站可以是固定的，也可以是移动的。例如，直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站，一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中，直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。
定位管理设备是网络侧用于确定终端设备的定位信息的设备。定位管理设备可以为位置管理功能(location management function，LMF)实体、演进服务移动位置中心(evolved serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)或其他可用于确定终端设备的定位信息的设备。
本申请的实施例对接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不作限定。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先，以图1和图2为例，对本申请实施例适用的应用场景进行说明。
图1是本申请涉及的应用场景100的示意图。如图1所示，应用场景100可以包括两个终端设备，例如图1中的终端设备110和终端设备120。应用场景100主要涉及的是sidelink定位场景，在该场景下，终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角，从而完成相对定位或者绝对定位。当终端设备110和终端设备120的位置均不可知时，终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角，从而实现 相对定位；当已知终端设备110的绝对位置或者终端设备120的绝对位置时，终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角，从而实现绝对定位。
在本申请实施例中，方向角可以包括到达角(angle of arrival，AOA)和离开角(angle of departure，AOD)，其中，AOA可以理解为单天线发射的信号入射到天线阵列上的相对方向角(例如图3所示的到达角θ)；AOD可以理解为天线阵列发射的信号入射到另一个天线的相对方向角(例如图4所示的离开角θ)。
需要说明的是，终端设备110和终端设备120可以具有多个天线，且终端设备110和终端设备120可以采用切换天线的方式在多个天线上接收或发送参考信号。
图2是本申请涉及的应用场景200的示意图。如图2所示，应用场景200可以包括终端设备210、设备220和定位管理设备230，且终端设备210能够与设备220进行信令交互。在一种可能的实现方式中，该应用场景200涉及的是sidelink定位场景，设备220可以是其他终端设备，也可以是路边单元RSU。在该场景下，终端设备210和设备220可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角，从而完成相对定位或者绝对定位。在另一种可能的实现方式中，应用场景200涉及的是蜂窝定位场景，设备220可以为接入网设备。在该场景下，接入网设备220的位置一般是已知的，因此，接入网设备220可以作为锚点设备，用于确定终端设备210的位置，定位管理设备230作为第三方设备，可以参与方向角的求解等。设备220可以具有多个天线，并且可以采用切换天线的方式在多个天线上发送参考信号。
需要说明的是，图2中设备220的个数仅为示例性说明，本申请还可以包括更多的设备220，本申请对此不作限定。
应理解，图1和图2中各设备涉及的多个天线可以是设备上多个不同位置上的物理天线，也可以是设备上由某一个天线运动构成的虚拟天线，或者是二者的结合，本申请对此不作限定。此外，图1和图2所示的应用场景仅为示例性说明，不应对本申请产生任何限制。
图3示出了多天线设备接收参考信号的示意图。例如，图3可以包括设备310和设备320。其中，设备310为发送端设备，设备310可以具有多个天线，也可以只有一个天线，设备310可以为图1中的终端设备110或终端设备120，设备310还可以为图2中的设备220。需要说明的是，当设备310具有多个天线时，设备310应在同一个天线上发送参考信号。设备320为接收端设备，设备320具有多个天线，设备320可以为图1中的终端设备110或终端设备120，设备320还可以为图2中的终端设备210。需要说明的是，设备320可以通过切换开关使用不同的天线(即，切换天线的方式)接收参考信号并测量参考信号的相位。
图4示出了多天线设备发送参考信号的示意图。例如，图4可以包括设备410和设备420。其中，设备410为发送端设备，设备410可以具有多个天线，设备410可以为图1中的终端设备120或终端设备110，设备410还可以为图2中的设备220。需要说明的是，设备410可以通过切换开关使用不同的天线(即，切换天线的方式)发送参考信号。设备420为接收端设备，设备420可以具有多个天线，也可以只有一个天线，设备420可以为图1中的终端设备110或终端设备120，设备420也可以为图2中的终端设备210。需要说明的是，当设备420具有多个天线时，设备420应在同一个天线上接收参考信号。
通过图3和图4可知，图3是测量到达角AOA的一种方式，图4是测量离开角AOD的一种方式。在图3中，接收端设备320通过切换天线的方式接收参考信号并测量相位， 其中，设备320例如具有三个天线，标记为天线1、天线2和天线3，且天线1和天线2间距为d，待求方向角为θ。在图4中，发送端设备410通过切换天线的方式发送参考信号，接收端设备420接收并分时测量参考信号的相位。其中，设备410例如也具有三个天线，标记为天线1、天线2和天线3，且天线1和天线2间距为d，待求方向角为θ。
下面以图3中的天线1和天线2为例，详细说明方向角θ的一种可能的计算方式。
假定设备320在t1时刻测量天线1接收的参考信号的相位，所得到相位测量值的理论计算公式如下：
其中，f1为设备310发送参考信号的频率，f2为设备320的本地信号的频率，τ1为天线1对应的信号传播时间，k1和k2分别代表设备310和设备320的时间同步误差，θ1和θ2分别代表设备310和设备320的信号的初始相位。
同理，假定设备320在t2时刻测量天线2接收的参考信号的相位，得到相位测量值的理论计算公式如下：
其中，τ2为天线2对应的信号传播时间。
通过公式1和公式2，计算天线1和天线2的相位的差值为：
假设在平面波的情况下，公式3可以写为：
其中，d为天线1和天线2之间的距离，θ为待求解的方向角，c为电磁波传播速度。
将公式4展开，可得：
那么，天线传播距离差为：
其中，k为整数，通过调整k的取值，使得公式6的等号右侧的值小于等于d。在理想情况下，假定设备310和设备320的信号频率不存在频率偏移，即f1＝f2，那么通过公式6即可得到准确的方向角θ。
实际上，每个设备都会存在一定程度的频率偏移，而且两个设备的频率偏移量很大概率是不一样的。也就是说，设备310和设备320(或设备410和设备420)信号频率不一致，假定f1＝(1+e1)fc，f2＝(1+e2)fc，则f1-f2＝(e1-e2)fc，其中，fc为理想情况下的载波频率，e1和e2分别为设备310和设备320的频率偏移率，其绝对值一般在0到20ppm之间，ppm为百万分之一。
结合公式6可以看出，在求解方向角θ过程中，当e1≠e2或者t2≠t1时，会产生在频率偏移场景下，由于不同时间测量相位导致的额外的相位旋转，导致测角存在误差。
作为示例而非限定，假定理想情况下的载波频率fc为3GHz，天线1和天线2间距d为5cm，真实的方向角θ为50°。当e1-e2＝8ppm，t2-t1＝4μs时，由于频率偏移引入的相位误差为2π(f1-f2)(t2-t1)＝0.6rad，通过公式6计算得到的方向角为73°，测角误差达到 了23°。由此可见，频率偏移导致的测角误差不可忽略。
因此，本申请提出了一种通信方法，通过在同一天线上重复发送或者在同一天线上重复接收相同频率资源的参考信号，并得到这些参考信号的相位测量结果，根据该相位测量结果可以确定由于频率偏移引入的相位误差，在考虑频率偏移的基础上计算方向角，可以提高测角精度。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
如图5所示，该方法500涉及终端设备和第一设备之间的交互。
在一个示例中，若该方法500应用于sidelink定位场景，该第一设备可以为终端设备。
例如，若该方法500应用于如图1所示的sidelink定位场景，终端设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备110，第一设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备120。
又例如，若该方法500应用于如图1所示的sidelink定位场景，终端设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备120，第一设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备110。
在另一个示例中，若该方法500应用于sidelink定位场景，该第一设备可以为终端设备或路边单元RSU。
例如，若该方法500应用于如图2所示的sidelink定位场景，终端设备可以为图2中所示的终端设备210，第一设备可以为图2中所示的设备220，该设备220为另一终端设备或路边单元RSU。
例如，图5所示的方法500可以包括S501和S502，下面详细说明该方法500中的各个步骤。
S501，第一设备发送至少三个参考信号，相对应地，终端设备接收至少三个参考信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一设备具有多个天线，且第一设备在同一个天线上发送至少三个参考信号。相对应地，终端设备采用切换天线的方式在多个天线上接收第一设备发送的至少三个参考信号，且终端设备应至少在同一个天线上接收至少两个参考信号。
例如，终端设备具有4个天线，标记为第一天线、第二天线、第三天线和第四天线。假设第一设备利用同一个天线发送六次参考信号，终端设备可以采用1-2-1-3-1-4的方式接收参考信号，即终端设备先利用第一天线接收第一参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第二天线接收第二参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第一天线接收第三参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第三天线接收第四参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第一天线接收第五参考信号，最后终端设备切换天线采用第四天线接收第六参考信号。也就是说，第一设备在同一个天线上发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号、第三参考信号、第四参考信号、第五参考信号以及第六参考信号。相对应地，终端设备每间隔一个参考信号重复使用相同天线接收一次参考信号。即终端设备通过第一天线接收第一参考信号、第三参考信号和第五参考信号；通过第二天线接收第二参考信号；通过第三天线接收第四参考信号；通过第四天线接收第六参考信号。
又例如，终端设备具有3个天线，标记为第一天线、第二天线和第三天线。假设第一设备利用同一个天线发送五次参考信号，终端设备可以采用1-2-1-2-3的方式接收参考信号，即终端设备先利用第一天线接收第一参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第二天线接收第二参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第一天线接收第三参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第二天线接收第四参考信号，最后终端设备切换天线采用第三天线接收第五参考信号。也就是说，第一设备在同一个天线上发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号、第 三参考信号、第四参考信号、以及第五参考信号。相对应地，终端设备通过第一天线接收第一参考信号和第三参考信号、通过第二天线接收第二参考信号和第四参考信号、通过第三天线接收第五参考信号。
又例如，终端设备具有2个天线，标记为第一天线和第二天线。假设第一设备利用同一个天线发送三次参考信号，终端设备可以采用1-2-1的方式接收参考信号，即终端设备先利用第一天线接收第一参考信号，然后终端设备切换天线采用第二天线接收第二参考信号，最后终端设备又切换天线采用第一天线接收第三参考信号。也就是说，第一设备在同一个天线上发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。相对应地，终端设备通过第一天线接收第一参考信号和第二参考信号、通过第二天线接收第二参考信号。
应理解，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，第一天线和第二天线是终端设备的不同天线。换句话说，第一参考信号和第三参考信号的接收空间滤波参数相同，第二参考信号与第一参考信号的接收空间滤波参数不同、第二参考信号与第三参考信号的接收空间滤波参数不同。也可以理解为，第一参考信号和第三参考信号的传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator，TCI)状态相同，第二参考信号与第一参考信号的TCI状态不同、第二参考信号与第三参考信号的TCI状态不同。
需要说明的是，两个参考信号的TCI状态相同可以理解为两个参考信号之间存在QCL关系。例如，第一参考信号和第三参考信号的TCI状态相同可以理解为第一参考信号和第三参考信号存在QCL关系，即第一参考信号和第三参考信号存在以下中的一种或多种类型的QCL关系：
类型A(Type A)：多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展；
类型B(Type B)：多普勒频移、多普勒扩展；
类型C(Type C)：多普勒频移、平均时延；
类型D(Type D)：空间接收参数。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一设备具有多个天线，第一设备采用切换天线的方式发送参考信号，且第一设备中有至少一个天线重复发送至少一次参考信号。相对应地，终端设备在同一个天线上接收第一设备发送的至少三个参考信号。
例如，第一设备具有4个天线，标记为第一天线、第二天线、第三天线和第四天线，且第一设备可以采用1-2-1-3-1-4的方式发送参考信号，即第一设备先利用第一天线发送第一参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第二天线发送第二参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第一天线发送第三参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第三天线发送第四参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第一天线发送第五参考信号，最后第一设备切换天线采用第四天线发送第六参考信号。也就是说，第一设备可以每间隔一个参考信号重复使用相同天线发送一次参考信号。即第一设备可以在第一天线上发送第一参考信号、第三参考信号和第五参考信号；在第二天线上发送第二参考信号；在第三天线上发送第四参考信号；在第四天线上发送第六参考信号。相对应地，终端设备在同一个天线上接收第一设备的第一天线发送的第一参考信号、第三参考信号和第五参考信号，接收第一设备的第二天线发送的第二参考信号，接收第一设备的第三天线发送的第四参考信号，接收第一设备的第四天线发送的第六参考信号。
又例如，第一设备具有3个天线，标记为第一天线、第二天线和第三天线，且第一设备可以采用1-2-1-2-3的方式发送参考信号，即第一设备先利用第一天线发送第一参考信 号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第二天线发送第二参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第一天线发送第三参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第二天线发送第四参考信号，最后第一设备切换天线采用第三天线发送第五参考信号。也就是说，第一设备可以在第一天线上发送第一参考信号和第三参考信号、在第二天线上发送第二参考信号和第四参考信号、在第三天线上发送第五参考信号。相对应地，终端设备在同一个天线上接收第一设备的第一天线发送的第一参考信号和第三参考信号，接收第一设备的第二天线发送的第二参考信号和第四参考信号，以及接收第一设备的第三天线发送的第五参考信号。
又例如，第一设备具有2个天线，标记为第一天线和第二天线，且第一设备可以采用1-2-1的方式发送参考信号，即第一设备先利用第一天线发送第一参考信号，然后第一设备切换天线采用第二天线发送第二参考信号，最后第一设备又切换天线采用第一天线发送第三参考信号。也就是说，第一设备可以在第一天线上发送第一参考信号和第三参考信号、在第二天线上发送第二参考信号。相对应地，终端设备在同一个天线上接收第一设备的第一天线发送的第一参考信号和第三参考信号，接收第一设备的第二天线发送的第二参考信号。
应理解，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过第一天线发送，第二参考信号通过第二天线发送，第一天线和第二天线是第一设备的不同天线。换句话说，第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过相同的天线端口发送，即第一参考信号和第三参考信号对应相同的天线端口，第二参考信号通过另一天线端口发送。也可以理解为，第一参考信号和第三参考信号的发送空间滤波参数相同，第二参考信号与第一参考信号的发送空间滤波参数不同、第二参考信号与第三参考信号的发送空间滤波参数不同。还可以理解为，第一参考信号和第三参考信号的TCI状态相同，第二参考信号与第一参考信号的TCI状态不同，第二参考信号与第三参考信号的TCI状态不同。
可选地，第一设备还可以向终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息用于指示哪些参考信号通过同一天线发送或通过同一天线接收，例如，该配置信息用于指示第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送。
可选地，参考信号可以携带标识信息，该标识信息用于标识参考信号、发送参考信号的天线或发送参考信号的端口，在这种情况下，第一设备可以使用参考信号中的标识信息指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的。相对应地，终端设备可以根据接收的参考信号中的标识信息判断哪些参考信号是通过同一天线发送的。
可选地，上述至少三个参考信号对应的频率资源相同，即上述至少三个参考信号的载波(carrier)资源相同，或者，上述至少三个参考信号的部分带宽(bandwidth part，BWP)资源相同。上述至少三个参考信号对应的资源元素(resource element，RE)可以相同也可以不同。也就是说，上述至少三个参考信号可以对应同一个位置参考信号(positioning reference signal，PRS)/探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)资源的不同符号，或者，对应同一个PRS/SRS资源集的不同符号。此外，上述至少三个参考信号也可以对应不同PRS/SRS资源的不同符号，或者，上述至少三个参考信号对应不同PRS/SRS资源集的不同符号。
示例性的，以第一设备在同一天线上发送第一参考信号和第三参考信号为例，第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以是同一个PRS/SRS资源内的重复符号，或者，第一参考信号和第三参考信号也可以是同一个PRS/SRS资源集内的重复符号。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，天线数量和参考信号的数量仅为示例性说明，本申请还可以包括更多的天线和更多的参考信号，本申请对此不进行限定。
S502，终端设备发送第一信息，相对应地，第一设备接收第一信息。
应理解，终端设备通过S501接收参考信号后，可以测量得到每个参考信号的相位测量结果，并根据得到的每个参考信号的相位测量结果确定第一信息，最后将得到的第一信息发送给第一设备。
应理解，第一信息可以用于指示方向角，且该第一信息基于终端设备接收到的参考信号的相位测量结果确定的，例如，第一信息基于所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定。其中，第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，第一相位是第一时刻处得到的第一参考信号的相位；第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，第二相位是第二时刻处得到的第二参考信号的相位；第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，第三相位是第三时刻处得到的第三参考信号的相位。
示例性的，根据公式1或公式2可知，终端设备在t1时刻利用第一个天线测量第一参考信号的相位(即，第一相位)，其相位测量值的理论计算公式为：
然后在t2时刻利用第二个天线测量第二参考信号的相位(即，第二相位)，其相位测量值的理论计算公式为：
然后在t3时刻再利用第一个天线测量测量第三参考信号的相位(即，第三相位)，其相位测量值的理论计算公式为：
第一个天线在t1时刻和t3时刻的相位差为：
根据公式10可以唯一确定其中，m为整数。
然后，结合公式10可以得到频率偏移估计值为：
还应理解，该第一信息可以间接指示方向角，即该第一信息中携带用于确定方向角的信息，或者，该第一信息可以直接指示方向角，即该第一信息为方向角。其中，方向角为到达角或离开角。
在第一信息间接指示方向角的情况下，以终端设备接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号为例，详细说明第一信息中包括的内容，具体可以包括以下十种情况。
情况一
第一信息包括相位信息。该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位。
在这种情况下，终端设备上报的第一信息中包括相位信息，第一设备接收该第一信息，并根据该第一信息确定方向角。需要说明的是，终端设备可以不上报相位的测量时间信息，终端设备和其他设备在信息交互时，可以预先定义相位测量的时间。例如，终端设备和第一设备可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长， 则终端设备可以仅上报相位信息，该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，且该第一相位和第二相位之间、第二相位和第三相位之间的时间间隔为1μs或者1个符号时长，该第一相位和第三相位之间的时间间隔为2μs或者2个符号时长。如此，可选地，第一设备可以先根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值，然后再根据公式6确定方向角。
情况二
第一信息包括相位信息和时间信息。该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻。
在这种情况下，终端设备上报的第一信息中包括相位信息和时间信息，第一设备接收该第一信息，并根据该第一信息确定方向角。示例性的，该第一信息用于指示第一相位以及该第一相位对应的第一时刻(例如和t1)、第二相位以及该第二相位对应的第二时刻(例如和t2)、第三相位以及该第三相位对应的第三时刻(例如和t3)。如此，可选地，第一设备可以先根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值，然后再根据公式6确定方向角。
情况三
第一信息包括相位差信息。该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差。其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差。
在这种情况下，终端设备上报的第一信息中包括相位差信息，第一设备接收该第一信息，并根据该第一信息确定方向角。需要说明的是，终端设备可以不上报相位差对应的时间差信息，终端设备和其他设备在信息交互时，可以预先定义相位测量的时间，例如，终端设备和第一设备可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长。示例性的，该第一信息用于指示第一相位差(例如)和第二相位差(例如)，且该第一相位和第二相位之间的时间差为1μs或者1个符号时长，该第一相位和第三相位之间的时间差为2μs或者2个符号时长。如此，可选地，第一设备可以先根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值，然后再根据公式6确定方向角。
情况四
第一信息包括相位差信息和时间差信息。该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差。其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差。第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
在这种情况下，终端设备上报的第一信息中包括相位差信息和相位差对应的时间差信息，第一设备接收该第一信息，并根据该第一信息确定方向角。示例性的，该第一信息用于指示第一相位差以及该第一相位差对应的时间差(例如和t2-t1)、第二相位差以及该第二相位差对应的时间差(例如和t3-t1)。如此，可选地，第 一设备可以先根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值，然后再根据公式6确定方向角。
情况五
第一信息包括相位信息和频率偏移信息。该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。其中，终端设备的信号频率可以理解为终端设备在对接收的参考信号进行解调处理时生成的本振信号。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以先根据不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将测量得到的相位信息和频率偏移信息(即，频率偏移估计值)上报给第一设备，第一设备根据公式6即可确定出方向角。
情况六
第一信息包括相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息。该相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，该时间信息用于指示第一相位对应的第一时刻、第二相位对应的第二时刻和第三相位对应的第三时刻，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以先根据不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将测量得到的相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息(即，频率偏移估计值)上报给第一设备，第一设备根据公式6即可确定出方向角。
情况七
第一信息包括相位差信息和频率偏移信息。该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差。该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以先根据不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将测量得到的相位差信息和频率偏移信息(即，频率偏移估计值)上报给第一设备，第一设备根据公式6即可确定出方向角。
情况八
第一信息包括相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息。该相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差。该时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第二相位差对应的第二时间差、第一相位差对应的第一时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差、第二相位差对应的第二时间差和第三相位差对应的第三时间差。该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备的信号频率和终端设备接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值。其中，第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差。第一时间差为第一时刻和第二时刻的差值，第二时间差为第一时刻和第三时刻的差值，第三时间差为第二时刻和第三时刻的差值。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以先根据测量不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，根据公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将得到的相位差信息、相位差信息对 应的时间信息和频率偏移信息(即，频率偏移估计值)上报给第一设备，第一设备根据公式6即可确定出方向角。
情况九
第一信息包括补偿相位信息。该补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位，第三相位和补偿后的第二相位。其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以对测量得到的相位进行频率偏移估计的基础上，上报基准相位信息和进行频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。示例性的，终端设备可以上报第一相位和补偿后的第二相位，例如，和或者，和此时，终端设备不需要携带时间信息。如此，第一设备例如可以根据终端设备发送的该频率偏移补偿后的相位信息，利用公式6即可确定出方向角。
情况十
第一信息包括补偿相位差信息。该补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差。其中，补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第一相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第二相位进行补偿得到的，补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对第三相位进行补偿得到的。
在这种情况下，终端设备可以上报补偿后的相位差值信息。示例性的，终端设备上报第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差，例如，或者此时，终端设备也不需要携带时间信息。如此，第一设备根据接收到的补偿后的相位差值信息，利用公式6即可确定出方向角。
在第一信息直接指示方向角的情况下，终端设备自身可以根据上述的情况一至情况十中的任意一种方式，利用公式6和/或公式11计算得到方向角，该方向角可以为到达角或离开角。在这种情况下，终端设备计算得到的方向角为已经考虑频率偏移后的方向角，终端设备可以将该方向角直接发送给第一设备。相对应地，第一设备接收终端设备发送的方向角。
应理解，时间信息和/或时间差信息的粒度为以下至少一项：亚纳秒、纳秒、微秒级、符号时长、时隙时长、LTE基本时间单位、NR基本时间单位、基带采样时间间隔。
还应理解，在实际的工作环境中，参考信号可能通过多条传播路径到达接收端(即终端设备)。接收端(即终端设备)在测量参考信号的相位时，可以获得每条径的相位测量结果。通过传播时间最短或者强度最强等原则，接收端(即终端设备)可以确定出哪条径是首达径(或直射径)。接收端(即终端设备)在上报第一信息时，可以仅上报首达径的 第一信息，也可以上报多条径的第一信息(即首达径和其他径的第一信息)。
综上所述，终端设备接收至少三个参考信号，并发送用于指示方向角的第一信息，以便于第一设备根据第一信息便可获取方向角。由于该至少三个参考信号中有至少两个参考信号通过同一天线发送或同一天线接收，且该第一信息基于该至少三个参考信号的相位测量结果确定，从而终端设备或者第一设备可以基于该第一信息确定由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
下面结合图6至图11、图13至图15详细说明利用本申请实施例所提供的通信方法获取方向角的具体过程，其中，图6至图8介绍了获取到达角的具体过程，图9至图11、图13至图15介绍了获取离开角的具体过程。
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图6所示的方法600可以包括S601至S606，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备620(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过同一个天线发送参考信号，终端设备610(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)的多个天线采用切换天线的方式测量接收到的参考信号的相位，且其中至少一个天线重复测量参考信号的相位，终端设备610确定参考信号的相位测量结果，终端设备620根据参考信号的相位测量结果完成到达角的解算的方案。下面详细说明该方法600中的各个步骤。
S601，终端设备610向终端设备620发送参考信号的请求信息。相对应地，终端设备620接收终端设备610发送的参考信号的请求信息。
该请求信息用于请求与终端设备620进行配置信息交互，该请求信息用于指示以下至少一项：天线数量、天线的切换周期、天线的测量次数(即参考信号的数量)、参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、位置信息的类型。
其中，天线数量可以理解为终端设备610的天线总数。天线的切换周期可以理解为终端设备610采用切换天线的方式接收参考信号时的天线切换周期。位置信息的类型例如可以包括以下一项或多项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
S602，终端设备620向终端设备610发送参考信号的配置信息，相对应地，终端设备610接收终端设备620发送的参考信号的配置信息。
终端设备620根据接收到的请求信息发送用于响应该请求信息的配置信息，该配置信息用于指示以下至少一项：天线的切换周期、参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量、位置信息的类型。
S603，终端设备620根据配置信息发送至少三个参考信号。相对应地，终端设备根据该配置信息接收该至少三个参考信号。
终端设备620根据配置信息中指示的参考信号的总时长，参考信号的数量，每个参考信号的时长等信息，发送参考信号。例如，在S602中，终端设备620指示每个参考信号的时长为4μs，总共发送3个参考信号，那么终端设备620则发送3个参考信号，且每个参考信号的时长为4μs。
应理解，终端设备620应在同一个天线上发送至少三个参考信号。例如，终端设备620在同一个天线上发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号。
S604，终端设备610利用多天线接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
终端设备610可以以切换天线的方式接收参考信号，获得每个天线所接收的参考信号的相位。为了降低频率偏移的影响，终端设备610在切换天线测量相位时，至少保证同一个天线工作两次及以上。
示例性的，假设终端设备610有两个天线，终端设备610的两个天线接收三个参考信号，即终端设备610测量三次相位，其中一个天线测量了两次相位。例如，终端设备610的第一天线在t1时刻测量得到的第一相位为终端设备610的第二天线在t2时刻测量得到的第二相位为终端设备610的第一天线在t3时刻测量得到的第三相位为
S605，终端设备610向终端设备620发送相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。相对应地，终端设备620接收该相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。
终端设备610可以向终端设备620上报每个天线测量得到的相位信息，并且指示每个相位的测量时间信息。相对应地，终端设备620接收该相位信息，或者，接收该相位信息以及该相位信息对应的时间信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备610可以仅向终端设备620上报相位信息，例如，和但不直接上报相位信息对应的时间信息(即隐含指示相位信息对应的时间信息)。在一些实施例中，终端设备610和终端设备620在进行配置信息交互时，可以预先定义相位测量的时间。例如，终端设备610和终端设备620可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长等。在这种情况下，终端设备620可以根据接收到的相位信息，利用公式6和公式11确定到达角。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备610可以向终端设备620发送相位信息以及相位信息对应的时间信息，例如，相位信息包括和相位信息对应的时间信息包括t1，t2和t3，即直接指示相位信息的测量时间。在这种情况下，终端设备620可以根据接收到的相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息，利用公式6和公式11确定到达角。
此外，S605还可以为：终端设备610向终端设备620发送相位差信息和相位差信息对应的时间差信息。相对应地，终端设备620接收该相位差信息和相位差信息对应的时间信息。
终端设备610可以向终端设备620上报测量得到的相位差信息，并且指示每个相位差对应的时间差信息。相对应地，终端设备620接收该相位差信息，或者，接收该相位差信息以及该相位差信息对应的时间差信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备610可以仅向终端设备620上报相位差信息，例如，和但不直接上报相位信息对应的时间信息(即隐含指示相位差信息对应的时间差信息)。在一些实施例中，终端设备610和终端设备620在进行配置信息的交互时，也可以预先定义相位测量的时间。例如，终端设备610和终端设备620可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长等。在这种情况下，终端设备620可以根据接收到的相位差信息，利用公式6和公式11确定到达角。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备610可以向终端设备620发送相位差信息以及相位差信息对应的时间差信息，例如，相位差信息包括和相位差信息对应的时间差信息包括t2-t1和t3-t1，即直接指示相位差信息的时间差信息。在 这种情况下，终端设备620可以根据接收到的相位差信息和相位差信息对应的时间差信息，利用公式6和公式11确定到达角。
应理解，上述的时间信息和/或时间差信息的粒度为以下任意一项：亚纳秒、纳秒、微秒级、符号时长、时隙时长、LTE基本时间单位、NR基本时间单位、基带采样时间间隔。
其中，亚纳秒级对应的时间单位为0.1ns，0.2ns等，对应的是0.Xns，X为小于10的正整数；纳秒级对应的时间单位为1ns，2ns等，对应的是Yns，Y为小于1000的正整数；微秒级对应的时间单位为1μs，2μs等，对应的是Zμs，Z为小于1000的整数；符号时长的时间单位是1个符号时长，2个符号时长等，对应的是H个符号时长，H为小于100的整数；时隙时长的时间单位为1个时隙时长，2个时隙时长等，对应的是J隔时隙时长，J为小于100的整数；LTE基本时间单位对应为1Ts，2Ts等，对应的是MTs，M为小于1000的正整数；NR基本时间单位对应为1Tc，2Tc等，对应的是NTc，N为小于1000的整数；基带采样时间间隔是基带的采样速率的倒数。
需要说明的是，Ts为LTE基本时间单位，且Δfref＝1.5×104Hz，Nf,ref＝2048。Tc为NR基本时间单位，且Δfmax＝4.8×105Hz，Nf＝4096。
还应理解，时间信息和/或时间差信息可以有很多形式。在一些实施例中，该时间信息和/或时间差信息可以是绝对的时间信息，例如：t1、t2和t3。在一些实施例中，该时间信息和/或时间差信息可以是以某一个时间为基准的相对时间信息，若假定第一个相位测量值的时间为0时刻，则其他的相位测量时间是与第一个相位测量值的时间间隔，例如：t2-t1和t3-t1。在一些实施例中，该时间信息和/或时间差信息可以是两个相位测量值之间的时间差值，例如：t2-t1和t3-t2；比如0.1ns，0.2ns分别表示第二个相位测量时间与第一个相位测量时间相隔0.1ns，第三个相位测量时间与第二个相位测量时间相隔0.2ns。在一些实施例中，该时间信息和/或时间差信息也可以是采样频率信息，比如1MHz，表示相位是以1MHz的频率进行测量的，相对应的相邻两个相位测量值的时间间隔为1μs。在一些实施例中，若相位测量为等时间间隔观测的情况下，终端设备610也可以直接指示一个时间间隔信息，比如1μs，表示相邻两个相位观测值的时间间隔为1μs。
可选地，终端设备610还可以向终端设备620上报各个天线之间的相对位置信息，即天线之间的距离，例如，相对位置信息可以为图3和图4中的第一天线和第二天线之间的距离d。
可以理解的是，终端设备610和终端设备620需要将相位信息与天线之间的相对位置信息对应，或者，相位差信息与天线的相对位置信息对应。也就是说，无论是相位信息、相位差信息，还是天线之间的相对位置信息，这些信息都需要指示是哪个(或者哪两个)天线的信息，也就是都需要关联天线的标识(或者参考信号标识)。这里的指示可以包括显示指示(即直接指示)或者隐式指示(即间接指示)，显示指示可以理解为直接上报相应的指示信息，用于指示相位信息、相位差信息或者天线之间的相对位置信息都直接与天线的标识(或者参考信号标识)关联发送；隐式指示可以理解为不一定会明确地在信息中体现和传递，而是通过其他方式传递。
作为一个示例，相位信息和相对位置信息可以是一一对应的两个列表，第一个列表表 示的是相位信息，第二个列表表示的是天线之间的相对位置信息，即每个相位信息直接关联对应一个位置信息，且相位信息和关联的位置信息按照顺序发送。例如，第一个相位对应的是第一天线位置信息、第二个相位对应的是第二天线位置信息。
作为另一个示例，相位差信息和相对位置信息也可以是一一对应的两个列表，第一个列表表示的是相位信息，第二个列表表示的是天线之间的相对位置信息。在该列表中可以是一个相位差，直接关联两个位置信息，且相位差信息和关联的位置信息按照顺序发送。例如，第一相位差对应的是第一个天线位置信息和第二个天线位置信息。
S606，终端设备620计算到达角。
应理解，终端设备620根据S605中接收到信息，利用公式6和公式11可以计算出到达角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息、相位信息和时间信息、相位差信息、相位差信息和时间差信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备的多个天线中的至少一个天线在不同时刻接收至少两次参考信号，确定接收到的参考信号的相位测量结果，并将这些参考信号的相位测量结果发送给其他设备，使得其他设备可以根据不同参考信号的相位测量结果确定到达角，由于该到达角考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的到达角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图7所示的方法700可以包括S701至S706，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备720(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过同一个天线发送参考信号，终端设备710(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)的多个天线采用切换天线的方式测量接收到的参考信号的相位，且其中至少一个天线重复测量参考信号的相位，终端设备710确定参考信号的相位测量结果，终端设备720根据参考信号的相位测量结果完成到达角的解算的方案。下面详细说明该方法700中的各个步骤。
S701，终端设备710向终端设备720发送参考信号的请求信息。相对应地，终端设备720接收终端设备710发送的参考信号的请求信息。
S702，终端设备720向终端设备710发送参考信号的配置信息，相对应地，终端设备710接收终端设备720发送的参考信号的配置信息。
S703，终端设备720根据配置信息发送至少三个参考信号。相对应地，终端设备根据该配置信息接收该至少三个参考信号。
S704，终端设备710利用多天线接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
S701至S704可以参考S601至S604，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S705，终端设备710向终端设备720发送频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。相对应地，终端设备720接收该频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。
终端设备710向终端设备720发送信息之前，可以计算出频率偏移估计值对S704中测量得到的相位信息进行相应的处理。
终端设备710可以向终端设备720发送频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。即，终端设备710可以在对测量得到的相位进行频率偏移估计的基础上，上报基准相位信息和进行频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。示例性的，该频率偏移补偿后的相位信息可以包括第一相位和补偿后的第二相位，例如，和或者，和此时，终端设备710不需要携带时间信息。如此，终端设 备720根据接收到的频率偏移补偿后的相位信息，利用公式6即可确定出到达角。
此外，S705还可以为：终端设备710向终端设备720发送频率偏移补偿后的相位差信息。相对应地，终端设备720接收该频率偏移补偿后的相位差信息。终端设备710上报的补偿后的相位差值信息。示例性的，上报的补偿后的相位差信息为第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差，例如，或者此时，终端设备710也不需要携带时间信息。如此，终端设备720根据接收的频率偏移补偿后的相位差信息，利用公式6即可确定出到达角。
此外，S705还可以为：终端设备710向终端设备720上报相位信息和频率偏移信息，并且指示每个相位的测量时间信息。相对应地，终端设备720接收相位信息和频率偏移信息，或者，接收相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息及频率偏移信息。其中，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备710的信号频率和终端设备710接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值，例如，该频率偏移信息用于指示f1-f2。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备710可以向终端设备720上报相位信息和频率偏移信息。其中，相位信息例如可以是和频率偏移信息例如可以是f1-f2。此时，终端设备710不需要直接上报相位信息对应的时间信息(即隐含指示相位信息的测量时间)。在一些实施例中，终端设备710和终端设备720在进行配置信息交互时，可以预先定义相位测量的时间。例如，终端设备710和终端设备720可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长等。在这种情况下，终端设备710可以先根据测量不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将测量得到的相位信息和频率偏移信息上报给终端设备720，终端设备720根据公式6即可确定出达到角。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备710可以向终端设备720上报相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息。其中，相位信息例如可以是和相位信息对应的时间信息例如可以是t1，t2和t3，频率偏移信息例如可以是f1-f2。在这种情况下，终端设备710可以先根据测量不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将测量得到的相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息上报给终端设备720，终端设备720根据公式6即可确定达到角。
此外，S705还可以为：终端设备710向终端设备720上报测量得到的相位差信息和频率偏移信息，并且指示每个相位差对应的时间差信息。相对应地，终端设备720接收相位差信息和频率偏移信息，或者，接收相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息及频率偏移信息。其中，该频率偏移信息用于指示终端设备710的信号频率和终端设备710接收到的第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的频率的差值，例如，该频率偏移信息用于指示f1-f2。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备710可以向终端设备720上报相位差信息和频率偏移信息。其中，相位差信息例如可以是和频率偏移信息例如可以是f1-f2。此时，终端设备710不需要直接上报相位信息对应的时间差信息(即隐含指示相位差信息对应的时间差信息)。在一些实施例中，终端设备710和终端设备720在进行配置信息交互时，可以预先定义相位测量的时间。例如，终端设备710和终端设备720可以预先定义各个参考信号的相位的测量间隔时间，比如1μs或者1个符号时长等。在这种情况下，终端设备710可以先根据测量不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用 公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将相位差信息和频率偏移信息上报给终端设备720，终端设备720根据公式6即可确定出达到角。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备710可以向终端设备720上报相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息。其中，相位差信息例如可以是和相位差信息对应的时间差信息例如可以是t2-t1和t3-t1，频率偏移信息例如可以是f1-f2。在这种情况下，终端设备710可以先根据测量不同的参考信号得到的相位测量结果，利用公式11确定频率偏移估计值(例如，f1-f2)，并将相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息上报给终端设备720，终端设备720根据公式6即可确定达到角。
该步骤中关于时间信息和/或时间差信息的相关描述可以参考S605，在此不再赘述。
S706，终端设备720计算到达角。
应理解，终端设备720根据S705中接收到信息，利用公式6和/或公式11可以计算出到达角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备的多个天线中的至少一个天线在不同时刻接收至少两次参考信号，确定接收到的参考信号的相位测量结果，并根据该相位测量结果进行频率偏移估计，将这些参考信号的相位测量结果和频率偏移估计结果发送给其他设备，使得其他设备可以根据参考信号的相位测量结果和频率偏移估计结果确定到达角，由于该到达角考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的到达角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图8所示的方法800可以包括S801至S806，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备820(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过同一个天线发送参考信号，终端设备810(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)的多个天线采用切换天线的方式测量接收到的参考信号的相位，且其中至少一个天线重复测量参考信号的相位，终端设备810确定参考信号的相位测量结果。终端设备810根据该参考信号的相位测量结果确定到达角，并到达角发送给终端设备820。下面详细说明该方法800中的各个步骤。
S801，终端设备810向终端设备820发送参考信号的请求信息。相对应地，终端设备820接收终端设备810发送的参考信号的请求信息。
S802，终端设备820向终端设备810发送参考信号的配置信息，相对应地，终端设备810接收终端设备820发送的参考信号的配置信息。
S803，终端设备820根据配置信息发送至少三个参考信号。相对应地，终端设备根据该配置信息接收至少三个参考信号。
S804，终端设备810利用多天线接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
S801至S804可以参考S601至S604，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S805，终端设备810计算到达角。
应理解，终端设备810可以根据测量得到的以下至少一项内容：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和 频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息，利用公式6和公式11计算出到达角。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S502，在此不再赘述。
S806，终端设备810将计算的到达角发送给终端设备820。相对应地，终端设备820接收终端设备810发送的到达角。
作为示例而非限定，假定理想情况下的载波频率fc为3GHz，天线1和天线2间距d为5cm，真实的方向角θ为50°。当e1-e2＝8ppm，t2-t1＝4μs时，如前所述，如果不进行频率偏移补偿，通过公式6计算得到的方向角为73°。但如果在t3时刻再次使用天线1对相位进行观测，且t3-t2＝4μs，得到t3时刻和t1时刻的相位差估计出的频率偏移为再通过公式6计算得到方向角约为50°。也就是说，通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够得到更加精确的方向角。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备的多个天线中的至少一个天线在不同时刻接收至少两次参考信号，确定接收到的参考信号的相位测量结果，根据这些参考信号的相位测量结果确定到达角，并将该到达角发送给其他设备，由于该到达角的确定考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的到达角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图9所示的方法900可以包括S901至S905，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备920(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。终端设备910(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果，终端设备920根据参考信号的相位测量结果完成离开角的解算。下面详细说明该方法900中的各个步骤。
S901，终端设备920向终端设备910发送参考信号的配置信息。相对应地，终端设备910接收终端设备920发送的参考信号的配置信息。
该配置信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量、位置信息的类型。
其中，天线数量可以理解为终端设备920的天线总数；天线的切换周期可以理解为终端设备920采用切换天线的方式发送参考信号时的天线切换周期；位置信息的类型例如可以包括以下一项或多项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
S902，终端设备920在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，终端设备920多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即终端设备920多个天线中的至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
示例性的，终端设备920通过第一天线发送第一参考信号、通过第二天线发送第二参考信号以及通过第一天线发送第三参考信号。更为具体地，终端设备920通过第一端口发送第一参考信号、通过第二端口发送第二参考信号以及通过第三端口发送第三参考信号，其中，第一端口发送的第一参考信号以及第三端口发送的第三参考信号均是通过终端设备920的第一天线发送的，第二端口发送的第二参考信号是通过终端设备920的第二天线发 送的。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501，在此不再赘述。
S903，终端设备910接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，终端设备910在同一个天线上接收并测量终端设备920发送的每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，终端设备910在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为终端设备910在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为终端设备910在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S904，终端设备910向终端设备920发送相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。相对应地，终端设备920接收该相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。
S904可以为：终端设备910向终端设备920发送相位信息。相对应地，终端设备920接收该相位信息。
S904可以为：终端设备910向终端设备920发送相位差信息。相对应地，终端设备920接收该相位差信息。
S904还可以为：终端设备910向终端设备920发送相位差信息和时间差信息。相对应地，终端设备920接收该相位差信息和时间差信息。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S605，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S905，终端设备920计算离开角。
应理解，终端设备920根据S904中接收到信息，利用公式6和公式11可以计算出离开角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息、相位信息和时间信息、相位差信息、相位差信息和时间差信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以接收不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过相同天线发送，终端设备可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定这些参考信号的相位测量结果，并将该不同参考信号的相位测量结果发送给其他设备，使得其他设备可以根据不同参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，由于该离开角的确定考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图10所示的方法1000可以包括S1001至S1005，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备1020(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。终端设备1010(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果，终端设备1020根据该参考信号的相位测量结果完成离开角的解算。下面详细说明该方法1000中的各个步骤。
S1001，终端设备1020向终端设备1010发送参考信号的配置信息。相对应地，终端设备1010接收终端设备1020发送的参考信号的配置信息。
应理解，该配置信息除了用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量、位置信息的类型。此外，该配置信息还可以用于指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的。
示例性的，该配置信息可以直接指示哪几个参考信号是通过一个天线发送的，例如，该配置信息用于指示第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送。配置信息可以使用 参考信号中的标识信息指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的，也就是说，配置信息指示同一个天线发送的参考信号中携带的标识信息。其中，该标识信息例如可以为以下内容中的一项或多项：天线标识，端口标识，参考信号ID标识，参考信号集ID标识，参考信号资源ID，参考信号资源集ID。此外，参考信号中可以携带标识参考信号发送的天线标识或者参考信号发送的端口标识。
S1002，终端设备1020在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，终端设备1020多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501和S902，在此不再赘述。
S1003，终端设备1010接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，终端设备1010在同一个天线上接收并测量每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，终端设备1010在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为终端设备1010在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为终端设备1010在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S1004，终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该偏移补偿后的相位信息。
S1004可以为：终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送频率偏移补偿后的相位差信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该偏移补偿后的相位差信息。
S1004可以为：终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送相位信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该相位信息和频率偏移信息。
S1004可以为：终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息。
S1004可以为：终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送相位差信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该相位差信息和频率偏移信息。
S1004还可以为：终端设备1010向终端设备1020发送相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，终端设备1020接收该相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S705，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1005，终端设备1020计算离开角。
应理解，终端设备1020可以根据S1004中接收到信息，利用公式6和/或公式11可以计算出离开角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以接收不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过相同天线发送，终端设备可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定这些参考信号的相位测量结果，并根据该相位测量结果进行频率偏移估计，将参考信号的相位测量结果和频率偏移估计结果发送给其他设备，使得其他设备可以根据参考信号的相位测量结果和频率偏移估计结果确定离开角，由于该离开角考虑了频率偏移引入的 相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图11所示的方法1100可以包括S1101至S1106，主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下，终端设备1120(图5中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。终端设备1110(图5中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位，根据测量得到的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果。终端设备1110根据参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，并该离开角发送给终端设备1120。下面详细说明该方法1100中的各个步骤。
S1101，终端设备1120向终端设备1110发送参考信号的配置信息。相对应地，终端设备1110接收终端设备1120发送的参考信号的配置信息。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S1001，在此不再赘述。
S1102，终端设备1120在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，终端设备1120多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501和S902，在此不再赘述。
S1103，终端设备1110接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，终端设备1110在同一个天线上接收并测量每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，终端设备1110在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为终端设备1110在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为终端设备1110在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S1104，终端设备1120向终端设备1110发送定位辅助信息，相对应地，终端设备1110接收终端设备1120发送的定位辅助信息。
应理解，该定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备1120的天线的相对位置。
示例性的，若终端设备1120包括两个天线，标识为第一天线和第二天线，则定位辅助信息用于指示第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。若终端设备1120包括三个天线，标识为第一天线、第二天线和第三天线，则定位辅助信息用于指示：第一天线、第二天线和第三天线的相对位置。
应理解，在上报该定位辅助信息的同时，也可以指示该定位辅助信息是哪两个天线的相对位置。该指示方式也包括显示指示或隐式指示，显示指示即在上报定位辅助信息的同时也可以上报指示信息，该指示信息用于指示该定位辅助信息是哪两个天线的相对位置，例如，关联天线发送的参考信号中携带的标识信息，该标识信息例如可以为以下内容中的一项或多项：天线标识，端口标识，参考信号ID标识，参考信号集ID标识，参考信号资源ID，参考信号资源集ID。隐式指示例如可以根据该定位辅助信息上报的顺序确定是哪两个天线的相对位置。
需要说明的是，天线的相对位置可以是天线之间的距离，也可以是在某个坐标下的各个天线的位置坐标。例如，多个天线组成线性阵列情况下，可以给出天线之间的距离；多个天线组成面阵情况下，则需要给出具体的位置坐标。
距离或者位置坐标可以是绝对值的形式，坐标的单位可以是毫米、厘米、分米、米等。 距离和位置也可以是某个频率下的波长值进行的换算，例如，第一天线和第二天线的距离是10cm，基准波长是10cm，那么可以用1表示该距离。
可以理解的是，该定位辅助信息可以与参考信号的配置信息通过一个信令发送给终端设备1110(即在S1101中发送给终端设备1110)，也可以通过多个信令发送给终端设备1110，且该定位辅助信息的发送顺序不作限定。
S1105，终端设备1110计算离开角。
应理解，终端设备1110可以根据测量得到的以下至少一项内容：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息，计算出离开角。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S502，在此不再赘述。
S1106，终端设备1110将计算的离开角发送给终端设备1120。相对应地，终端设备1120接收终端设备1110发送的离开角。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以接收不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过相同天线发送，终端设备可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定这些参考信号的相位测量结果，根据该不同参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，并将该离开角发送给其他设备，由于该离开角考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高，即通过本申请实施例提供的方法能够提高sidelink定位场景下的测角精度。
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。
如图12所示，该方法1200涉及终端设备、第一设备和第二设备之间的交互。
在一个示例中，若该方法1200应用于sidelink定位场景，该第一设备可以为终端设备或路边单元RSU，该第二设备可以为定位管理设备(例如，LMF)。
例如，若该方法1200应用于如图2所示的sidelink定位场景，终端设备可以为图2中所示的终端设备210，第一设备可以为图2中所示的设备220，该第二设备可以为图2中所示的定位管理设备230。
在另一个示例中，若该方法1200应用于蜂窝定位场景，该第一设备可以为接入网设备，该第二设备可以为定位管理设备。
例如，若该方法1200应用于如图2所示的蜂窝定位场景，终端设备可以为图2中所示的终端设备210，第一设备可以为图2中所示的设备220，该第二设备可以为图2中所示的定位管理设备230。
例如，图12所示的方法1200包括S1201至S1203，下面详细说明该方法1200中的各个步骤。
S1201，第一设备发送至少三个参考信号，相对应地，终端设备接收至少三个参考信号。
S1202，终端设备发送第一信息，相对应地，第二设备接收第一信息。
S1201和S1202具体内容可以分别参考S501和S502，在此不再重复赘述。
S1203，第二设备根据第一信息确定方向角。
应理解，第二设备根据接收到的第一信息，利用公式6和/或公式11可以计算出方向角。其中，该第一信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信 息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
综上所述，终端设备接收至少三个参考信号，并发送用于指示方向角的第一信息，以便第二设备根据第一信息便可获取方向角。由于至少三个参考信号中有至少两个参考信号通过同一天线发送或同一天线接收，且该第一信息基于该至少三个参考信号的相位测量结果确定，从而终端设备或者第二设备可以基于该第一信息确定由于频率偏移而引入的相位误差，进而可以提高测角精度。
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图13所示的方法1300可以包括步骤S1301至步骤S1308，涉及蜂窝或sidelink定位场景，设备1310(图12中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。UE(图12中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果。LMF(图12中所述的第二设备的一例)可以根据该参考信号的相位测量结果完成离开角的解算。在本申请中，设备1310可以有多个，通过多个设备1310可以唯一确定UE的位置。下面详细说明该方法1300中的各个步骤。
S1301，LMF向设备1310发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地，设备1310接收该定位辅助请求信息。
该定位辅助请求信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的配置信息、地理位置信息、各个设备1310内天线的相对位置信息等。
其中，该参考信号的配置信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量、位置信息的类型。其中，该位置信息的类型例如可以包括以下一项或多项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。此外，该参考信号的配置信息还可以用于指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的。
示例性的，该配置信息可以直接指示哪几个参考信号是通过一个天线发送的，例如，该配置信息用于指示第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送。配置信息可以使用参考信号中的标识信息指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的，也就是说，配置信息指示同一个天线发送的参考信号中携带的标识信息，其中，该标识信息例如可以为以下内容中的一项或多项：天线标识，端口标识，参考信号ID标识，参考信号集ID标识，参考信号资源ID，参考信号资源集ID。此外，参考信号中可以携带标识参考信号发送的天线标识或者参考信号发送的端口标识。
S1302，设备1310向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地，LMF接收该定位辅助响应信息。
设备1310根据接收到的定位辅助请求信息，发送用于响应该定位辅助请求信息的定位辅助响应信息。
S1303，LMF向UE发送辅助信息，相对应地，UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。
该辅助信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量。
应理解，LMF和设备1310通过S1301和S1302完成定位辅助信息的交互后，可以确 定参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长和参考信号的数量等信息。
S1304，LMF向UE发送请求定位信息，相对应地，UE接收该请求定位信息。
应理解，该请求定位信息用于指示上报的位置信息的类型，该位置信息的类型可以包括以下一项或多项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
S1305，设备1310在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，设备1310多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501和S901，在此不再赘述。
S1306，UE接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，UE在同一个天线上接收并测量每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，UE在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S1307，UE向LMF发送相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位信息和相位信息对应的时间信息。
S1307可以为：UE向LMF发送相位信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位信息。
S1307可以为：UE向LMF发送相位差信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位差信息。
S1307还可以为：UE向LMF发送相位差信息和时间差信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位差信息和时间差信息。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S605，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1308，LMF计算离开角。
应理解，LMF根据S1307中接收到信息，利用公式6和公式11可以计算出离开角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息、相位信息和时间信息、相位差信息、相位差信息和时间差信息。
还应理解，LMF可以根据UE上报的多个离开角信息确定终端设备的位置。
在本申请实施例中，UE可以在同一个天线上接收设备1310的不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过设备1310的相同天线发送，UE可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定不同参考信号的相位测量结果，并将该不同参考信号的相位测量结果发送给LMF，使得LMF可以根据不同参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，由于该离开角的确定考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高。进一步地，由于设备1310可以有多个，因此确定的离开角也可以有多个，从而LMF可以根据该多个离开角确定终端设备的位置。
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图14所示的方法1400可以包括步骤S1401至步骤S1408，涉及蜂窝或sidelink定位场景，设备1410(图12中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。UE(图12中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果。LMF(图12中所述的第二设备的一例)可以根据该参考信号的相位测量结果完成离开角的解算。在本申请中设备1410可以有多个， 通过多个设备1410可以唯一确定UE的位置。下面详细说明该方法1400中的各个步骤。
S1401，LMF向设备1410发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地，设备1410接收该定位辅助请求信息。
S1402，设备1410向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地，LMF接收该定位辅助响应信息。
S1401和S1402可以分别参考S1301和S1302，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1403，LMF向UE发送辅助信息，相对应地，UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。
该辅助信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量。此外，该辅助信息还可以用于指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的。
示例性的，该配置信息可以直接指示哪几个参考信号是通过一个天线发送的，例如，该配置信息用于指示第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送。配置信息可以使用参考信号中的标识信息指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的，也就是说，配置信息指示同一个天线发送的参考信号中携带的标识信息，其中，该标识信息例如可以为以下内容中的一项或多项：天线标识，端口标识，参考信号ID标识，参考信号集ID标识，参考信号资源ID，参考信号资源集ID。此外，参考信号中可以携带标识参考信号发送的天线标识或者参考信号发送的端口标识。
S1404，LMF向UE发送请求定位信息，相对应地，UE接收该请求定位信息。
应理解，该请求定位信息用于指示上报的位置信息的类型，该位置信息的类型例如可以包括以下一项或多项：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
S1405，设备1410在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，设备1410多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501和S901，在此不再赘述。
S1406，UE接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，UE在同一个天线上接收并测量每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，UE在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S1407，UE向LMF发送频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。相对应地，LMF接收该频率偏移补偿后的相位信息。
S1407可以为：UE向LMF发送频率偏移补偿后的相位差信息。相对应地，LMF接收该偏移补偿后的相位差信息。
S1407可以为：UE向LMF发送相位信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位信息和频率偏移信息。
S1407可以为：UE向LMF发送相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位信息、相位信息对应的时间信息和频率偏移信息。
S1407可以为：UE向LMF发送相位差信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，LMF接收 该相位差信息和频率偏移信息。
S1407还可以为：UE向LMF发送相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息。相对应地，LMF接收该相位差信息、相位差信息对应的时间差信息和频率偏移信息。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S705，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1408，LMF计算离开角。
应理解，LMF根据S1407中接收到信息，利用公式6和/或公式11可以计算出离开角，其中，该信息可以为以下至少一项：相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息。
还应理解，LMF可以根据UE上报的多个离开角信息确定终端设备的位置。
在本申请实施例中，UE可以在同一个天线上接收设备1410的不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过设备1410的相同天线发送，UE可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果，并根据该相位测量结果进行频率偏移估计，将参考信号的相位测量结果和频率偏移估计结果发送给LMF，使得LMF可以根据接收到的信息确定离开角，由于该离开角的确定考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高。进一步地，由于设备1310可以有多个，因此确定的离开角也有多个，从而LMF可以根据该多个离开角确定终端设备的位置。
图15是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图15所示的方法1500可以包括步骤S1501至步骤S1507，涉及蜂窝或sidelink定位场景，设备1510(图12中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线发送参考信号，且其中至少一个天线至少重复发送一次参考信号。UE(图12中所述的终端设备的一例)在同一个天线上测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果，根据该参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，并将该离开角发送给LMF(图12中所述的第二设备的一例)。在本申请中设备1510可以有多个，通过多个设备1510可以唯一确定UE的位置。下面详细说明该方法1500中的各个步骤。
S1501，LMF向设备1510发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地，设备1510接收该定位辅助请求信息。
S1502，设备1510向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地，LMF接收该定位辅助响应信息。
S1501和S1502可以分别参考S1401和S1402，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1503，LMF向UE发送辅助信息，相对应地，UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。
该辅助信息用于指示以下至少一项：参考信号的总时长、每个参考信号的时长、参考信号的数量、各个gNB/TRP内天线的相对位置信息、各个gNB/TRP的地理位置信息。此外，该辅助信息还用于指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的。
示例性的，该配置信息可以直接指示哪几个参考信号是通过一个天线发送的，例如，该配置信息用于指示第一参考信号和第三参考信号通过同一天线发送。配置信息可以使用参考信号中的标识信息指示哪些参考信号是通过同一个天线发送的，也就是说，配置信息指示同一个天线发送的参考信号中携带的标识信息，其中，该标识信息例如可以为以下内容中的一项或多项：天线标识，端口标识，参考信号ID标识，参考信号集ID标识，参考 信号资源ID，参考信号资源集ID。此外，参考信号中可以携带标识参考信号发送的天线标识或者参考信号发送的端口标识。
S1504，设备1510在多个天线上发送参考信号。
应理解，设备1510多个天线中的至少一个天线工作两次及以上，即至少一个天线发送至少两次参考信号。
该步骤相关内容可以参考S501和S901，在此不再赘述。
S1505，UE接收参考信号，确定相位信息。
应理解，UE在同一个天线上接收并测量每个参考信号的相位，确定相位信息。
示例性的，UE在t1时刻测量第一参考信号的相位得到的第一相位为在t2时刻测量第二参考信号的相位得到的第二相位为在t3时刻测量第三参考信号的相位得到的第三相位为
S1506，UE计算离开角。
应理解，UE可以根据测量得到的以下至少一项内容：相位信息；相位信息和时间信息；相位差信息；相位差信息和时间差信息；相位信息和频率偏移信息；相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息和频率偏移信息；相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息；补偿相位信息；补偿相位差信息，利用公式6和公式10计算出离开角。
该步骤具体内容可以参考S605，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S1507，UE将计算的离开角发送给LMF。相对应地，LMF接收UE发送的离开角。
应理解，LMF可以根据UE上报的多个离开角信息确定终端设备的位置。
在本申请实施例中，UE可以在同一个天线上接收设备1510的不同天线发送的多个参考信号，且该多个参考信号中至少有两个参考信号通过设备1510的相同天线发送，UE可以测量接收到的参考信号的相位确定参考信号的相位测量结果，根据参考信号的相位测量结果确定离开角，并将该离开角发送给LMF，由于该离开角的确定考虑了频率偏移引入的相位误差，因此，计算得到的离开角精度更高。进一步地，由于设备1310可以有多个，因此确定的离开角也有多个，从而LMF可以根据该多个离开角确定终端设备的位置。
上文结合图1至图15详细的描述了本申请实施例的方法实施例，下面结合图16和图17，描述本申请实施例的装置实施例。应理解，方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。
图16是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图，包括接收单元1610和发送单元1630。可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中终端设备执行的步骤或者流程，例如，该通信装置可以为终端设备，或者也可以为终端设备中的芯片或电路。接收单元1610用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的接收相关操作，例如，接收单元1610用于接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号等。发送单元1630用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的发送相关操作，例如，发送单元1630用于发送第一信息等。可选地，通信装置还包括处理单元1620，处理单元1620用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关操作，例如，该处理单元1620用于确定第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果等。可选地，接收单元1610和发送单元1630也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中第一设备执行的步骤或者流程，例如，该通信装置可以为第一设备，或者也可以为第一设备中的芯片或电路。接收 单元1610，接收单元1610用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的接收相关操作，例如，该接收单元1610用于接收第一信息等。发送单元1630用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的发送相关操作，例如，发送单元1630用于发送第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号等。处理单元1620用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的处理相关操作，例如，处理单元1620用于根据第一信息确定方向角等。可选地，发送单元1630和接收单元1610也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中定位管理设备执行的步骤或者流程，例如，该通信装置可以为定位管理设备，或者也可以为定位管理设备中的芯片或电路。接收单元1610用于执行上文方法实施例中定位管理设备的接收相关操作。例如，接收单元1610用于接收基站发送的定位辅助响应信息等。处理单元1620用于执行上文方法实施例中定位管理设备的处理相关操作，例如，处理单元1620用于根据第一信息确定方向角等。发送单元1630用于执行上文方法实施例中定位管理设备的发送相关操作，例如，发送单元1620用于发送定位辅助请求消息等。可选地，发送单元1630和接收单元1610也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
图17是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图，包括处理器1710，处理器1710与存储器1720耦合，存储器1720用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据，处理器1710用于执行存储器1720存储的计算机程序或指令，或读取存储器1720存储的数据，以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。
可选地，处理器1710为一个或多个。
可选地，存储器1720为一个或多个。
可选地，该存储器1720与该处理器1710集成在一起，或者分离设置。
可选地，如图17所示，该通信装置还包括收发器1730，收发器1730用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如，处理器1710用于控制收发器1730进行信号的接收和/或发送。
可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。例如，处理器1710用于执行存储器1720存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相关操作。例如，收发器1730可以用于执行图5中所示的S501中终端设备的接收操作，还可以用于S502中终端设备的发送操作。处理器1710用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备的处理步骤。例如，用于执行根据测量的参考信号的相位确定相位信息的处理操作。应理解，图17所示的通信装置可以执行图5和图12中的终端设备、图6中的终端设备610、图7中的终端设备710、图8中的终端设备810、图9中的终端设备910、图10中的终端设备1010、图11中的终端设备1110、图13至图15中的UE执行的操作。
可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作。例如，处理器1710用于执行存储器1720存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的相关操作。例如，收发器1730可以用于执行图5中所示的S501中第一设备的发送操作，还可以用于S502中第一设备的接收操作。处理器1710用于执行本申请实施例中第一设备的处理步骤。例如，用于执行根据相位信息和时间信息计算离开角的处理操作。应理解，图17所示的通信装置可以执行图5和图12中的第一设备、图6中的终端设备620、图7中的终端设备720、图8中的终端设备820、图9中的终端设备920、图10中的终端设备1020、图11中的终端设备1120、图13中的设备1310、图14 中的设备1410和图15中的设备1510执行的操作。
可选地，该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由定位管理设备执行的操作。例如，处理器1710用于执行存储器1720存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现上文各个方法实施例中由定位管理设备执行的相关操作。例如，收发器1730可以用于执行图13中所示的S1303中LMF的发送操作，还可以用于执行S1307中LMF的接收操作。处理器1710用于执行本申请实施例中LMF的处理步骤。例如，用于执行图13所示的S1308中计算离开角的操作。
还应理解，图17仅为示例而非限定，上述包括处理器、存储器和收发器的通信装置可以不依赖于图17所示的结构。
此外，本申请提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得任意一个方法实施例中由终端设备或第一设备或定位管理设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，也可以为接口电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括存储器。
本申请实施例中的芯片可以是编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，还可以是系统芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是CPU，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)、其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，或其他集成芯片。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行图5至图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码，当该程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行图5至图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(sync link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (28)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于终端设备，包括：
    接收第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号；
    发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示方向角，所述第一信息基于所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；
    其中，所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，所述第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，所述第一天线和所述第二天线是所述终端设备的不同天线，或者，
    所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，所述第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，所述第三天线和所述第四天线是发送所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的设备的不同天线。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括相位信息，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；
    其中，所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括时间信息，所述时间信息用于指示所述第一相位对应的所述第一时刻、所述第二相位对应的所述第二时刻和所述第三相位对应的所述第三时刻。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括相位差信息，所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括时间差信息，所述时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差、所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差、所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差；
    其中，所述第一时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻的差值，
    所述第二时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻的差值，
    所述第三时间差为所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻的差值。
  6. 根据权利要求2至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号 的频率的差值。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，
    所述补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位；
    所述补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；
    其中，所述补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，所述第一相位是所述第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，所述第二相位是所述第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，所述第三相位是所述第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位信息确定的，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位；
    其中，所述第一相位是所述第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是所述第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是所述第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位信息和时间信息确定的，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，所述时间信息用于指示所述第一相位对应的第一时刻、所述第二相位对应的第二时刻和所述第三相位对应的第三时刻；
    其中，所述第一相位是所述第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是所述第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是所述第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位差信息确定的，所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位差信息和时间差信息确定的，所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，
    所述时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差、所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差、所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位，
    所述第一时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻的差值，
    所述第二时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻的差值，
    所述第三时间差为所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻的差值。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位信息和频率偏移信息确定的，
    其中，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位，
    所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的频率的差值。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位信息、时间信息和频率偏移信息确定的，
    其中，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位，
    所述时间信息用于指示所述第一相位对应的所述第一时刻、所述第二相位对应的所述第二时刻和所述第三相位对应的所述第三时刻，
    所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的频率的差值。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，
    所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，
    所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的频率的差值；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据相位差信息、时间差信息和频率偏移信息确定的，
    所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差，
    所述时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差、所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差、所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差，
    所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的频率的差值；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位，
    所述第一时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻的差值，
    所述第二时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻的差值，
    所述第三时间差为所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻的差值。
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括方向角，所述方向角为到达角或离开角，
    所述方向角是根据补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息确定的，
    所述补偿相位信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位和补偿后的第二相位；第二相位和补偿后的第一相位；第二相位和补偿后的第三相位，第三相位和补偿后的第二相位；
    所述补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；所述第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；所述第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；所述第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；
    其中，所述补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的 相位测量结果对所述第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，所述第一相位是所述第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，所述第二相位是所述第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，所述第三相位是所述第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  17. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示方向角，所述第一信息基于第一参考信号、第二参考信号和第三参考信号的相位测量结果确定；
    根据所述第一信息确定所述方向角；
    其中，所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号通过第三天线发送，所述第二参考信号通过第四天线发送，所述第三天线和所述第四天线是发送所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的设备的不同天线，或者，
    所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号通过第一天线接收，所述第二参考信号通过第二天线接收，所述第一天线和所述第二天线是接收所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的设备的不同天线。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接收第一信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    发送所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号。
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括相位信息，所述相位信息用于指示第一相位、第二相位和第三相位，
    其中，所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括时间信息，所述时间信息用于指示所述第一相位对应的所述第一时刻、所述第二相位对应的所述第二时刻和所述第三相位对应的所述第三时刻。
  21. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括相位差信息，所述相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：第一相位差和第二相位差、第一相位差和第三相位差、第二相位差和第三相位差；
    其中，所述第一相位差为第一相位和第二相位的相位差，
    所述第二相位差为第一相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第三相位差为第二相位和第三相位的相位差，
    所述第一相位是第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二相位是第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三相位是第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括时间差信息，所述时间差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差、所述第一相位差对应的第一时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差、所述第二相位差对应的第二时间差和所述第三相位差对应的第三时间差；
    其中，所述第一时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻的差值，
    所述第二时间差为所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻的差值，
    所述第三时间差为所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻的差值。
  23. 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息还包括频率偏移信息，所述频率偏移信息用于指示所述终端设备的信号频率和所述终端设备接收到的所述第一参考信号、所述第二参考信号和所述第三参考信号的频率的差值。
  24. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括补偿相位信息或补偿相位差信息，
    所述补偿相位差信息用于指示以下至少一项：所述第一相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；所述第二相位和补偿后的第一相位的相位差；所述第二相位和补偿后的第三相位的相位差；所述第三相位和补偿后的第二相位的相位差；
    其中，所述补偿后的第一相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第一相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第二相位是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第二相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述补偿后的第三相位信息是根据第一参考信号的相位测量结果和第三参考信号的相位测量结果对所述第三相位进行补偿得到的相位，
    所述第一参考信号的相位测量结果包括第一相位和第一时刻，所述第一相位是所述第一时刻处得到的所述第一参考信号的相位，
    所述第二参考信号的相位测量结果包括第二相位和第二时刻，所述第二相位是所述第二时刻处得到的所述第二参考信号的相位，
    所述第三参考信号的相位测量结果包括第三相位和第三时刻，所述第三相位是所述第三时刻处得到的所述第三参考信号的相位。
  25. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述方法的模块；或者，包括用于执行如权利要求17至24中任一项所述方法的模块。
  26. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，所述存储器用于存储程序或指令，当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时，使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法；或者，使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求17至24中任一项所述的方法。
  27. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法；或者，以执行如权利要求17至24中任一项所述的方法。
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令， 当所述指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法；或者，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求17至24中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/082522 2022-03-27 2023-03-20 通信方法和通信装置 WO2023185526A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210309358 2022-03-27
CN202210309358.7 2022-03-27
CN202210417185.0 2022-04-20
CN202210417185.0A CN116866821A (zh) 2022-03-27 2022-04-20 通信方法和通信装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023185526A1 true WO2023185526A1 (zh) 2023-10-05

Family

ID=88199098

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/082522 WO2023185526A1 (zh) 2022-03-27 2023-03-20 通信方法和通信装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023185526A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111965597A (zh) * 2020-07-24 2020-11-20 华中科技大学 一种组合阵列测向装置、系统和方法
CN112639501A (zh) * 2020-11-13 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 终端的离开角aod获取方法、装置和通信设备
WO2022006267A2 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Signaling timing offset between stations for user equipment based positioning
CN113923087A (zh) * 2021-09-01 2022-01-11 之江实验室 基于特定天线阵列切换顺序的载波频率偏移误差消除方法及系统
CN114026927A (zh) * 2019-10-30 2022-02-08 华为技术有限公司 一种角度定位的方法、装置以及设备

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114026927A (zh) * 2019-10-30 2022-02-08 华为技术有限公司 一种角度定位的方法、装置以及设备
WO2022006267A2 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Signaling timing offset between stations for user equipment based positioning
CN111965597A (zh) * 2020-07-24 2020-11-20 华中科技大学 一种组合阵列测向装置、系统和方法
CN112639501A (zh) * 2020-11-13 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 终端的离开角aod获取方法、装置和通信设备
CN113923087A (zh) * 2021-09-01 2022-01-11 之江实验室 基于特定天线阵列切换顺序的载波频率偏移误差消除方法及系统

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI778607B (zh) 定位方法、裝置及電腦存儲介質
US12004105B2 (en) Time synchronization method and apparatus
WO2019134555A1 (zh) 用于终端设备的定位方法、装置及系统
CN111356075A (zh) 一种多站点的定位方法及装置
TWI801768B (zh) 時鐘偏差確定方法及裝置
TWI760931B (zh) 資訊傳輸方法、裝置及電腦存儲介質
CN103548400A (zh) 用于估计蜂窝网络中的定时偏移差的方法和装置
WO2022028252A1 (zh) 发送通道时延的校正方法、装置及存储介质
EP4301028A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
KR20230078763A (ko) 포지셔닝 기준 신호(prs) 연관 방법 및 통신 장치
US20230309054A1 (en) Positioning method, communication apparatus, and communication system
EP4228345A1 (en) Method of transmitting and receiving information for measurement of prs in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN114095855A (zh) 一种定位方法及装置
WO2023185526A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023216974A1 (zh) 一种定位方法和定位装置
CN116866821A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023151469A1 (zh) 定位方法及装置
WO2023151434A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023116273A1 (zh) 定位方法及装置、存储介质、程序产品
WO2023143114A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023226749A1 (zh) 资源配置方法及通信装置
WO2023226746A1 (zh) 资源配置方法及通信装置
WO2023221931A1 (zh) 用于定位的方法和装置
WO2024032280A1 (zh) 定位配置方法、装置及存储介质
WO2024031590A1 (zh) 用于定位的无线通信方法、装置、设备、系统及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23777900

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023777900

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023777900

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20241001